summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2023-06-09 20:19:52 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2023-06-09 20:19:52 +0000
commitbea33e16f382ecf8188f0b613d553f8367f8d0d3 (patch)
treee88c683b3c53728bc08b661af5d42933f6614549 /Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex
parent31c338d4c559ed4bd789902a355068edc3bb9776 (diff)
latex2e (9jun23)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@67314 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/README.md4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsbsy.pdfbin174944 -> 174944 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amscd.pdfbin179945 -> 179953 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsgen.pdfbin178187 -> 178181 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.pdfbin508210 -> 508198 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsmath.pdfbin419913 -> 419900 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsopn.pdfbin140095 -> 140096 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amstext.pdfbin217498 -> 217502 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsxtra.pdfbin113561 -> 113554 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/changes.txt8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/subeqn.pdfbin109731 -> 109734 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/technote.pdfbin147462 -> 147464 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/testmath.pdfbin454511 -> 454559 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdfbin223831 -> 223828 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdfbin264112 -> 264157 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.tex4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt227
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdfbin560611 -> 560996 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide-historic.pdfbin0 -> 415586 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide-historic.tex1881
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdfbin414419 -> 452015 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.tex1901
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdfbin292160 -> 292647 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdfbin257314 -> 257359 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.tex4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc-code.pdfbin1077974 -> 1075705 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdfbin755564 -> 756114 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdfbin504635 -> 504300 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdfbin1318126 -> 1318565 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdfbin204711 -> 204710 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fix-cm.pdfbin287733 -> 287726 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdfbin517838 -> 517658 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdfbin161713 -> 161717 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdfbin221211 -> 221207 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdfbin318204 -> 318162 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lamport-manual.pdfbin170878 -> 170883 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexrelease.pdfbin281906 -> 282097 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdfbin200760 -> 200762 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.err7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdfbin252140 -> 252516 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdfbin337717 -> 337757 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.err22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdfbin215684 -> 217757 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdfbin132382 -> 132369 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltcmdhooks-code.pdfbin719498 -> 755572 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltcmdhooks-doc.pdfbin478988 -> 499063 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.pdfbin803237 -> 804144 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdfbin548101 -> 548729 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.pdfbin1091738 -> 1242512 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.pdfbin701793 -> 739628 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltluatex.pdfbin325457 -> 325074 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltmarks-code.pdfbin715851 -> 716417 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltmarks-doc.pdfbin586219 -> 586530 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdfbin1243036 -> 1287055 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex20
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.pdfbin161518 -> 169550 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.pdfbin159792 -> 151773 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.pdfbin159332 -> 151321 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.pdfbin152525 -> 152549 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.pdfbin174494 -> 175216 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.pdfbin142849 -> 142864 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.pdfbin137811 -> 138211 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.pdfbin155053 -> 155434 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.pdfbin129570 -> 130026 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.pdfbin169416 -> 169432 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.pdfbin111948 -> 112202 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.pdfbin156551 -> 156765 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.pdfbin182225 -> 182490 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.pdfbin170473 -> 170721 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.pdfbin130309 -> 130323 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.pdfbin138073 -> 138110 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.pdfbin166228 -> 166268 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.pdfbin38033 -> 39840 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.pdfbin230028 -> 225936 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.tex3
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.pdfbin318548 -> 318193 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.tex3
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.pdfbin244867 -> 245229 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.pdfbin317773 -> 318036 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.pdfbin286591 -> 286839 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.pdfbin265279 -> 265497 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.pdfbin204935 -> 205098 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.pdfbin379462 -> 379722 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.pdfbin250592 -> 251285 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.tex3
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.pdfbin376643 -> 376930 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.pdfbin455107 -> 455431 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.pdfbin511909 -> 512246 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.pdfbin526323 -> 526692 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.tex3
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.pdfbin546160 -> 546554 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews33.pdfbin522412 -> 522771 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews33.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews34.pdfbin508044 -> 508349 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews34.tex3
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews35.pdfbin563089 -> 563329 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews35.tex20
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews36.pdfbin517577 -> 517935 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews36.tex11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews37.pdfbin0 -> 456936 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews37.tex848
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltpara-code.pdfbin667434 -> 672322 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltpara-doc.pdfbin560295 -> 560194 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.pdfbin818839 -> 821760 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.pdfbin563617 -> 566638 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdfbin219349 -> 219347 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdfbin243286 -> 244224 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdfbin165821 -> 165816 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manifest.txt6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdfbin257804 -> 257823 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.tex4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/nfssfont.pdfbin211180 -> 211175 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdfbin227059 -> 227060 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdfbin375518 -> 375509 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdfbin234191 -> 234183 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdfbin5771795 -> 6006329 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdfbin190118 -> 189842 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.err19
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdfbin290615 -> 291233 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc3.err848
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc3.pdfbin0 -> 250362 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tulm.pdfbin162772 -> 162770 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide-historic.pdfbin438515 -> 438603 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide-historic.tex4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdfbin473980 -> 479599 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex122
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdfbin353664 -> 353564 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdfbin146198 -> 146199 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/firstaid/changes.txt21
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.pdfbin268310 -> 269075 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/README.md4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/TODOS-unsorted.md33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-code.pdfbin0 -> 878830 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-code.tex4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-doc.pdfbin0 -> 439729 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-doc.tex4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/changes.txt83
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-code.pdfbin512028 -> 519493 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-doc.pdfbin375913 -> 385582 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-amsmath.pdfbin0 -> 357363 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-bib.pdfbin0 -> 412227 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-block-tagging.pdfbin0 -> 878830 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-firstaid.pdfbin0 -> 271638 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-float.pdfbin0 -> 442979 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.pdfbin614913 -> 800668 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.pdfbin0 -> 497530 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathpkg.pdfbin0 -> 302193 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtagging.pdfbin0 -> 609528 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtools.pdfbin0 -> 357363 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.pdfbin0 -> 277702 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-1.pdfbin0 -> 383693 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-2.pdf (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or.pdf)bin529122 -> 530340 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.pdfbin0 -> 527667 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-testphase.pdfbin290841 -> 298269 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-text.pdfbin0 -> 308879 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-hyperref-changes.pdfbin0 -> 296522 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.pdfbin0 -> 357477 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-tagging-functions.pdfbin0 -> 379087 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotemark.md (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotemark.txt)5
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotetext.md (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotetext.txt)6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-kern-kern.md (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-kern-kern.txt)8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-makefntext.md1751
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/README.md2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdfbin197738 -> 197735 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdfbin516836 -> 517039 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdfbin323432 -> 323438 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdfbin370657 -> 370641 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt24
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdfbin220834 -> 220838 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdfbin191064 -> 191064 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdfbin215498 -> 215495 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdfbin187725 -> 187704 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdfbin146446 -> 146441 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdfbin387231 -> 387208 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdfbin189679 -> 189673 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdfbin157954 -> 157956 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdfbin259969 -> 259965 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdfbin391313 -> 391298 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdfbin521367 -> 523315 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdfbin138963 -> 138967 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/shellesc.pdfbin175929 -> 176204 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdfbin251782 -> 252908 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdfbin167572 -> 167585 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdfbin287073 -> 287074 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdfbin351702 -> 351654 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.pdfbin73672 -> 73672 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdfbin222076 -> 222080 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdfbin398798 -> 393154 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdfbin330746 -> 330785 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdfbin169986 -> 169984 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdfbin257018 -> 257018 bytes
226 files changed, 6700 insertions, 1315 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/README.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/README.md
index 1bc17024848..267418fc5ce 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/README.md
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The amsmath bundle for LaTeX
============================
-Release 2022-06-01
+Release 2023-06-01
Overview
--------
@@ -77,5 +77,5 @@ version 1.3c or later.
-----
<p>Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2007, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2013 American Mathematical Society. <br />
-<p>Copyright (C) 2016-2022 The LaTeX Project and American Mathematical Society. <br />
+<p>Copyright (C) 2016-2023 The LaTeX Project and American Mathematical Society. <br />
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsbsy.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsbsy.pdf
index e85825b6f95..fd67fc9cfa4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsbsy.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsbsy.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amscd.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amscd.pdf
index c0ecd2961bc..823a98bdd7f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amscd.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amscd.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsgen.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsgen.pdf
index 014feb8d2a1..2fd862962b1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsgen.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsgen.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf
index dd7061eac5b..f9f7824c1fa 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.tex
index 4a8230e39f9..5c4b9e0d89e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%
% Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2013 American Mathematical Society.
-% Copyright (C) 2016-2022 LaTeX Project and American Mathematical Society.
+% Copyright (C) 2016-2023 LaTeX Project and American Mathematical Society.
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsmath.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsmath.pdf
index 806926ebc0b..43358382aa0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsmath.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsmath.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsopn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsopn.pdf
index 0c1f60fd38a..afe2d02c11d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsopn.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsopn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amstext.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amstext.pdf
index bc92eb847dd..6af69a0585d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amstext.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amstext.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsxtra.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsxtra.pdf
index 6074bb822e4..da423751ec5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsxtra.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsxtra.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/changes.txt
index 83d6c6e3a12..149da6b425e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/changes.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/changes.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,14 @@ All changes above are only part of the development branch for the next release.
================================================================================
#########################
+# 2023-06-01 Release
+#########################
+
+2023-05-13 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
+
+ * amsmath.dtx: Adjust the definition of \@@eqno (gh/1059)
+
+#########################
# 2022-06-01 Release
#########################
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/subeqn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/subeqn.pdf
index 28c721c6f28..ecd2007fc47 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/subeqn.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/subeqn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/technote.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/technote.pdf
index 6a8c594364f..737227c298f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/technote.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/technote.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/testmath.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/testmath.pdf
index 8aef17f9ef2..3fe7a82152e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/testmath.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/testmath.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md
index eb19004b018..bccadab2d9d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The LaTeX kernel
================
-Release 2022-11-01 patch level 1
+Release 2023-06-01
Overview
--------
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf
index f2614d73e0f..e01f937daad 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf
index 724ae8aebe5..4a9e45c7e42 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.tex
index 53f53d90b4a..e0f76b74fbf 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
\author{\copyright~Copyright 1998, 2001, 2003 \LaTeX\ Project Team.\\
All rights reserved.%
- \footnote{This file may distributed and/or modified under the
+ \footnote{This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the \LaTeX{} Project Public License, either version 1.3c
of this license or (at your option) any later version. See the source
\texttt{cfgguide.tex} for full details.}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt
index fed7e96be33..a8eabd5dd1f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,231 @@ All changes above are only part of the development branch for the next release.
================================================================================
#########################
+# 2023-06-01 Release
+#########################
+
+2023-05-21 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik@latex-project.org>
+
+ * lthooks.dtx (subsection{Adding or removing hook code}):
+ Short-circuit when the hook is declared without args (gh1078).
+
+2023-05-31 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.text
+ Correct syntax of opt. arg. for \DeclareLowercaseMapping, etc.
+
+2023-05-30 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx
+ Fix implementation of \DeclareLowercaseMapping
+
+2023-05-26 Yukai Chou <muzimuzhi@gmail.com>
+
+ * ltcmd.dtx (subsection{Structure of \pkg{xparse} commands}):
+ Use simpler 'NNno' variant instead of 'NNVo' for
+ \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn
+
+2023-05-22 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex
+ Ensure url package is always loaded
+
+2023-05-21 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik@latex-project.org>
+
+ * lthooks.dtx, ltcmdhooks.dtx:
+ Add support for accessing arguments in 'cmd' hooks.
+
+2023-05-19 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex (section Creating document commands and environments)
+ Add details of result of trailing optional arguments on
+ \inputlineno
+
+2023-05-12 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxref.dtx
+ extend \label to store five values and add a hook with argument
+
+2023-05-17 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex (section Creating document commands and environments)
+ Add details of brace stripping by \SplitList
+ Add guidance on creating commands to use at start of
+ tabular cells
+
+2023-05-15 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx:
+ Use expl3-based file-existence test
+
+2023-05-13 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: Add \ignorespaces to \eqno (gh/1059)
+
+2023-04-19 Joseph Wright <joseph.wright@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx (subsection{Lccodes and uccodes}):
+ Add \DeclareLowercaseMapping, \DeclareTitlecaseMapping and
+ \DeclareUppercaseMapping (gh/1033)
+
+2023-04-19 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik@latex-project.org>
+
+ * lthooks.dtx (subsection{Specifying code for next invocation}):
+ Initialise hook structure when adding 'next' code (gh/1052)
+
+2023-04-17 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx (subsubsection{Lccodes and uccodes}):
+ Add \BCPdata (gh/1035)
+ Adapt \MakeLowercase, \MakeTitlecase and \MakeLowercase
+ to use \BCPdata for locale info
+
+2023-04-16 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik@latex-project.org>
+
+ * lthooks.dtx (subsubsection{Setting hooks up}):
+ Use \@@_replacing_args_false: in \@@_include_legacy_code_chunk:n.
+
+2023-04-15 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: adjust \extrafloats so it does not error if thousands
+ of float boxes are allocated. github/1041
+
+2023-04-14 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx (\@onefilewithoptions):
+ When in latexrelease.sty, define \load@onefilewithoptions (gh/992).
+
+2023-04-13 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: add missing substitution for U/cmtt/bx/sl gh/1037
+
+2023-04-12 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltcmd.dtx (subsection{Grabbing arguments}):
+ Set \tex_endlinechar:D earlier to correct parsing of newlines in
+ special catcode settings (e.g., \ExplSyntaxOn) (gh/876).
+
+2023-04-02 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfilehook.dtx: allow par as a filename. (gh/942)
+
+2023-04-06 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik@latex-project.org>
+
+ * lthooks.dtx, ltcmdhooks.dtx:
+ Add support for providing and using arguments in hooks:
+ - Modify hook data structures to allow access to arguments;
+ - Add commands to declare hooks with arguments;
+ - Add commands to add code that references hook arguments;
+ - Add commands to use hooks with arguments.
+
+2023-04-01 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: locally reset frozen mathversions when the math
+ version changes. (gh/1028)
+
+2023-03-28 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ Add \IfFileAtLeastTF (gh/1015)
+
+2023-03-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx (section{Options}):
+ Define \cs if doc is rolled back to v2 (gh/981)
+
+2023-03-28 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Restore groups to \MakeUppercase and
+ \MakeLowercase, and add a group to \MakeTitlecase. (gh/1021)
+
+2023-03-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx:
+ Add \predisplaypenalty setting of 10000 to \samepage in case
+ that was changed (gh/1022)
+
+2023-03-11 Yukai Chou <muzimuzhi@gmail.com>
+
+ * ltcmd.dtx (subsubsection{Showing the definition of a command}),
+ (subsubsection{Copying a command and its internal structure}):
+ Correctly recognize (non-expandable) document commands with empty or only
+ m-type arguments (gh/1009)
+
+2023-01-30 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpara.dtx (subsection{Providing hooks for paragraphs}):
+ Backout \parskip at top of minipage if it shouldn't be there
+ but is due to whatsits (gh/989)
+
+2023-02-05 Yukai Chou <muzimuzhi@gmail.com>
+
+ * fntguide.tex:
+ Adjusted pagination due to recently added doc paragraphs (gh/994)
+
+2023-01-16 Yukai Chou <muzimuzhi@gmail.com>
+
+ * ltnews.cls:
+ Added full release date yyyy-mm-dd to _all_ ltnews issues (gh/982)
+ Added \publicationday{<day>} to specify day in a month in ltnews<n>.tex.
+ <day> defaults to 01.
+
+2023-01-12 Joseph Joseph <Joseph.Joseph@latex-project.org>
+
+ * clsguide.tex, clsguide-historic,tex
+ Pre-2023 source moved to new name, re-worked material which remains
+ relevant in updated file
+
+2023-01-19 Josef Friedrich <josef@friedrich.rocks>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx:
+ Remove unused local variable tex_setattribute (gh/978)
+
+2022-11-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx (subsubsection{Copying robust commands}):
+ Added \NewEnvironmentCopy, \RenewEnvironmentCopy, and \DeclareEnvironmentCopy (gh/963)
+ Also added \ShowEnvironment.
+
+2022-11-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ Introduce key 'nowarn' on filecontents (gh/958)
+ Do not show "current dir" in message (gh/917)
+
+2022-11-14 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexrelease.dtx (subsection{Ignoring \texttt{\string_new} errors when rolling back}):
+ Silence \cs{NewMarkClass} in rollback (gh/955)
+
+2022-11-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx:
+ Redefinitions of \verb removed as no longer needed (gh/953)
+
+ Redefinitions of \@verbatim changed to match the kernel
+ definition (gh/953)
+
+2022-11-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltshipout.dtx:
+ Add a shipout hook to be executed just before we
+ actually do the shipout (gh/920)
+
+2022-11-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx (section{Version Identification}):
+ Store release data in \LaTeXReleaseInfo for reuse at the end of
+ the .log file (gh/944)
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}): Add to a hook in
+ \end{document} to (re)display the LaTeX release information (gh/944)
+
+2022-11-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: correctly handle \<space> and allow it to be excluded
+ from the index (gh/943)
+
+#########################
# 2022-11-01 PL1 Release
#########################
@@ -145,7 +370,7 @@ All changes above are only part of the development branch for the next release.
* doc.dtx
recast Package Option declarations using \DeclareKeys
-
+
2022-06-10 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
* cmfonts.fdd
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf
index a8296800a36..5ce9be9aa06 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide-historic.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide-historic.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bc95e39dff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide-historic.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide-historic.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide-historic.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d7a27e3c406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide-historic.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1881 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
+% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: clsguide-historic.tex
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28]
+
+\title{\LaTeXe~for class and package writers --- historic version}
+
+\author{Copyright \copyright~1995--2006 The \LaTeX\ Project\\
+ All rights reserved.%
+ \footnote{This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ conditions of the \LaTeX{} Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+ of this license or (at your option) any later version. See the source
+ \texttt{clsguide.tex} for full details.}%
+}
+
+\date{11 January 2023}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This document is an introduction to writing classes and packages for
+\LaTeX{}, with special attention given to upgrading existing
+\LaTeX~2.09 packages to \LaTeXe{}. The latter subject is also
+covered in an article by Johannes Braams published in TUGboat~15.3.
+
+It is somewhat of an historical document now, since \LaTeXe{} came into
+existence in 1994.
+
+\subsection{Writing classes and packages for \LaTeXe}
+
+\LaTeX{} is a document preparation system that enables the document
+writer to concentrate on the contents of their text, without bothering
+too much about the formatting of it. For example, chapters are
+indicated by |\chapter{<title>}| rather than by selecting 18pt bold.
+
+The file that contains the information about how to turn logical
+structure (like `|\chapter|') into formatting (like `18pt bold ragged
+right') is a \emph{document class}. In addition, some features (such
+as colour or included graphics) are independent of the document class
+and these are contained in \emph{packages}.
+
+One of the largest differences between \LaTeX~2.09 and \LaTeXe{} is in
+the commands used to write packages and classes. In \LaTeX~2.09,
+there was very little support for writing |.sty| files, and so writers
+had to resort to using low-level commands.
+
+\LaTeXe{} provides high-level commands for structuring packages.
+It is also much easier to build classes and packages on top of each
+other, for example writing a local technical report class |cetechr|
+(for the Chemical Engineering department) based on |article|.
+
+\subsection{Overview}
+
+This document contains an overview of how to write classes and
+packages for \LaTeX{}. It does \emph{not} introduce all of the
+commands necessary to write packages: these can be found in either
+\emph{\LaTeXbook} or \emph{\LaTeXcomp}. But it does describe the new
+commands for structuring classes and packages.
+
+\begin{description}
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:general}] contains some general advice about
+ writing classes and packages. It describes the difference between
+ classes and packages, the command naming conventions, the use of
+ |doc| and |docstrip|, how \TeX's primitive file and box commands
+ interact with \LaTeX{}. It also contains some hints about general
+ \LaTeX{} style.
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:structure}] describes the structure of classes
+ and packages. This includes building classes and packages on top of
+ other classes and packages, declaring options and declaring
+ commands. It also contains example classes.
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:commands}] lists the new class and package
+ commands.
+
+ \item[Section~\ref{Sec:upgrade}] gives detailed advice on how to
+ upgrade existing \LaTeX~2.09 classes and packages to \LaTeXe{}.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Further information}
+
+For a general introduction to \LaTeX{}, including the new features of
+\LaTeXe{}, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook}
+by Leslie Lamport~\cite{A-W:LLa94}.
+
+A more detailed description of the new features of \LaTeX, including an
+overview of more than 200 packages and nearly 1000 ready to run examples, is
+to be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp\ second edition} by Frank Mittelbach and
+Michel Goossens~\cite{A-W:MG2004}.
+
+The \LaTeX{} system is based on \TeX{}, which is
+described in \emph{The \TeX book} by Donald E.~Knuth~\cite{A-W:DEK91}.
+
+There are a number of documentation files which accompany every copy
+of \LaTeX{}. A copy of \emph{\LaTeX{} News} will come out with each
+six-monthly release of \LaTeX{}, and is found in the files
+|ltnews*.tex|. The author's guide \emph{\usrguide} describes the new
+\LaTeX{} document features; it is in |usrguide.tex|. The guide
+\emph{\fntguide} describes the \LaTeX{} font selection scheme for
+class- and package-writers; it is in |fntguide.tex|. Configuring
+\LaTeX{} is covered by the guide \emph{\cfgguide} in
+\texttt{cfgguide.tex} whilst the philosophy behind our policy on
+modifying \LaTeX{} is described in \emph{\modguide} in
+\texttt{modguide.tex}.
+
+The documented source code (from the files used to produce the kernel
+format via |latex.ltx|) is now available as
+\emph{The \LaTeXe\ Sources}.
+This very large document also includes an index of
+\LaTeX{} commands. It can be typeset from the \LaTeX{} file
+|source2e.tex| in the |base| directory, using the source files and
+the class file |ltxdoc.cls| from this directory.
+
+For more information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}, please contact your
+local \TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group.
+Addresses and other details can be found at:
+\begin{quote}\small\label{addrs}
+ \texttt{http://www.tug.org/lugs.html}
+\end{quote}
+
+
+\subsection{Policy on standard classes}
+
+Many of the problem reports we receive concerning the standard classes
+are not concerned with bugs but are suggesting, more or less politely,
+that the design decisions embodied in them are `not optimal' and
+asking us to modify them.
+
+There are several reasons why we should not make such changes to these
+files.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+ However misguided, the current behaviour is clearly what was
+ intended when these classes were designed.
+\item
+ It is not good practice to change such aspects of `standard classes'
+ because many people will be relying on them.
+\end{itemize}
+
+We have therefore decided not to even consider making such
+modifications, nor to spend time justifying that decision. This does
+not mean that we do not agree that there are many deficiencies in the
+design of these classes, but we have many tasks with higher priority
+than continually explaining why the standard classes for \LaTeX{}
+cannot be changed.
+
+We would, of course, welcome the production of better classes, or of
+packages that can be used to enhance these classes. So your first
+thought when you consider such a deficiency will, we hope, be ``what
+can I do to improve this?''
+
+Similar considerations apply to those parts of the kernel that are
+implementing design decisions, many of which should be left to the
+class file but are not in the current system. We realise that in such
+cases it is much more difficult for you to rectify the problem
+yourself but it is also the case that making such changes in the
+kernel would probably be a major project for us; therefore such
+enhancements will have to wait for \LaTeX3.
+
+\section{Writing classes and packages}
+\label{Sec:writing}
+
+This section covers some general points concerned with writing
+\LaTeX{} classes and packages.
+
+
+\subsection{Old versions}
+
+If you are upgrading an existing \LaTeX~2.09 style file then we
+recommend freezing the 2.09 version and no longer maintaining it.
+Experience with the various dialects of \LaTeX{} which existed in the
+early 1990's suggests that maintaining packages for different versions
+of \LaTeX{} is almost impossible. It will, of course, be necessary
+for some organisations to maintain both versions in parallel for some
+time but this is not essential for those packages and classes
+supported by individuals: they should support only the new standard
+\LaTeXe{}, not obsolete versions of \LaTeX{}.
+
+
+\subsection{Using `docstrip' and `doc'}
+
+If you are going to write a large class or package for \LaTeX{} then
+you should consider using the |doc| software which comes with
+\LaTeX{}.
+\LaTeX{} classes and packages written using this can be
+processed in two ways: they can be run through \LaTeX{}, to produce
+documentation; and they can be processed with |docstrip|, to produce
+the |.cls| or |.sty| file.
+
+The |doc| software can automatically generate indexes of definitions,
+indexes of command use, and change-log lists. It is very useful for
+maintaining and documenting large \TeX{} sources.
+
+The documented sources of the \LaTeX{} kernel itself, and of the
+standard classes, etc, are |doc| documents; they are in the |.dtx|
+files in the distribution. You can, in fact, typeset the source code
+of the kernel as one long document, complete with index, by running
+\LaTeX{} on |source2e.tex|. Typesetting these documents uses the
+class file |ltxdoc.cls|.
+
+For more information on |doc| and |docstrip|, consult the files
+|docstrip.dtx|, |doc.dtx|, and \emph{\LaTeXcomp}. For examples of its
+use, look at the |.dtx| files.
+
+\subsection{Is it a class or a package?}
+\label{Sec:classorpkg}
+
+The first thing to do when you want to put some new \LaTeX{} commands
+in a file is to decide whether it should be a \emph{document class} or a
+\emph{package}. The rule of thumb is:
+\begin{quote}
+ If the commands could be used with any document class, then make
+ them a package; and if not, then make them a class.
+\end{quote}
+
+There are two major types of class: those like |article|, |report| or
+|letter|, which are free-standing; and those which are extensions or
+variations of other classes---for example, the |proc| document class,
+which is built on the |article| document class.
+
+Thus, a company might have a local |ownlet| class for printing letters
+with their own headed note-paper. Such a class would build on top of
+the existing |letter| class but it cannot be used with any other
+document class, so we have |ownlet.cls| rather than |ownlet.sty|.
+
+The |graphics| package, in contrast, provides commands for including
+images into a \LaTeX{} document. Since these commands can be used
+with any document class, we have |graphics.sty| rather than
+|graphics.cls|.
+
+
+\subsection{Command names}
+
+\LaTeX{} has three types of command.
+
+There are the author commands, such as |\section|, |\emph| and
+|\times|: most of these have short names, all in lower case.
+
+There are also the class and package writer commands:
+most of these have long mixed-case names such as the following.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \InputIfFileExists \RequirePackage \PassOptionsToClass
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Finally, there are the internal commands used in the \LaTeX{}
+implementation, such as |\@tempcnta|, |\@ifnextchar| and |\@eha|:
+most of these commands contain |@| in their name, which means they
+cannot be used in documents, only in class and package files.
+
+Unfortunately, for historical reasons the distinction between these
+commands is often blurred. For example, |\hbox| is an internal
+command which should only be used in the \LaTeX{} kernel, whereas
+|\m@ne| is the constant $-1$ and could have been |\MinusOne|.
+
+However, this rule of thumb is still useful: if a command has |@| in
+its name then it is not part of the supported \LaTeX{} language---and
+its behaviour may change in future releases! If a command is
+mixed-case, or is described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}, then you can rely on
+future releases of \LaTeXe{} supporting the command.
+
+\subsection{Box commands and colour}
+\label{Sec:colour}
+
+Even if you do not intend to use colour in your own documents, by
+taking note of the points in this section you can ensure that your
+class or package is compatible with the |color| package. This may
+benefit people using your class or package who have access to colour
+printers.
+
+The simplest way to ensure `colour safety' is to always use \LaTeX{}
+box commands rather than \TeX{} primitives, that is use |\sbox| rather
+than |\setbox|, |\mbox| rather than |\hbox| and |\parbox| or
+the |minipage| environment rather than |\vbox|.
+The \LaTeX{} box commands have new options which mean that they are now
+as powerful as the \TeX{} primitives.
+
+As an example of what can go wrong, consider that in
+|{\ttfamily <text>}|
+the font is restored just \emph{before} the |}|, whereas in the
+similar looking construction
+|{\color{green} <text>}|
+the colour is restored just \emph{after} the final |}|. Normally this
+distinction does not matter at all; but consider a primitive \TeX{}
+box assignment such as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\color{green} <text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Now the colour-restore occurs after the |}| and so is \emph{not}
+stored in the box. Exactly what bad effects this can have depends on
+how colour is implemented: it can range from getting the wrong
+colours in the rest of the document, to causing errors in the
+dvi-driver used to print the document.
+
+Also of interest is the command |\normalcolor|. This is
+normally just |\relax| (i.e., does nothing)
+but you can use it rather like |\normalfont| to
+set regions of the page such as captions or section headings to the
+`main document colour'.
+
+
+\subsection{Defining text and math characters}
+\label{Sec:chars}
+
+Because \LaTeXe{} supports different encodings, definitions of commands
+for producing symbols, accents, composite glyphs, etc.\ must be
+defined using the commands provided for this purpose and described in
+\emph{\fntguide}. This part of the system is still under development
+so such tasks should be undertaken with great caution.
+
+Also, |\DeclareRobustCommand| should be used for encoding-independent
+commands of this type.
+
+Note that it is no longer possible to refer to the math font set-up
+outside math mode: for example, neither |\textfont 1| nor
+|\scriptfont 2| are guaranteed to be defined in other modes.
+
+
+\subsection{General style}
+\label{Sec:general}
+
+The new system provides many commands designed to help you produce
+well-structured class and package files that are both robust and
+portable. This section outlines some ways to make intelligent use of
+these.
+
+\subsubsection{Loading other files}
+\label{Sec:loading}
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+\LaTeX{} provides these commands:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClass \LoadClassWithOptions
+ \RequirePackage \RequirePackageWithOptions
+\end{verbatim}
+for using classes or packages inside other classes or packages. We
+recommend strongly that you use them, rather than the primitive
+|\input| command, for a number of reasons.
+
+Files loaded with |\input <filename>| will not be listed in the
+|\listfiles| list.
+
+If a package is always loaded with |\RequirePackage...| or |\usepackage|
+then, even if its loading is requested several times, it will be
+loaded only once. By contrast, if it is loaded with |\input| then it
+can be loaded more than once; such an extra loading may waste time and
+memory and it may produce strange results.
+
+If a package provides option-processing then, again, strange results
+are possible if the package is |\input| rather than loaded by means of
+|\usepackage| or |\RequirePackage...|.
+
+If the package |foo.sty| loads the package |baz.sty| by use of
+|\input baz.sty| then the user will get a warning:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ LaTeX Warning: You have requested package `foo',
+ but the package provides `baz'.
+\end{verbatim}
+Thus, for several reasons, using |\input| to load packages is not a
+good idea.
+
+Unfortunately, if you are upgrading the file |myclass.sty| to a class
+file then you have to make sure that any old files which contain
+|\input myclass.sty| still work.
+
+This was also true for the standard classes (|article|, |book| and
+|report|), since a lot of existing \LaTeX~2.09 document styles contain
+|\input article.sty|. The approach which we use to solve this is
+to provide minimal files |article.sty|, |book.sty| and |report.sty|,
+which simply load the appropriate class files.
+
+For example, |article.sty| contains just the following lines:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \@obsoletefile{article.cls}{article.sty}
+ \LoadClass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+You may wish to do the same or, if you think that it is safe to do so,
+you may decide to just remove |myclass.sty|.
+
+\subsubsection{Make it robust}
+
+We consider it good practice, when writing packages and classes, to use
+\LaTeX{} commands as much as possible.
+
+Thus, instead of using |\def...| we recommend using one of
+|\newcommand|, |\renewcommand| or |\providecommand|; |\CheckCommand| is
+also useful. Doing this makes
+it less likely that you will inadvertently redefine a command, giving
+unexpected results.
+
+When you define an environment, use |\newenvironment| or
+|\renewenvironment| instead |\def\foo{...}| and |\def\endfoo{...}|.
+
+If you need to set or change the value of a \m{dimen} or \m{skip}
+register, use |\setlength|.
+
+To manipulate boxes, use \LaTeX{} commands such as |\sbox|,
+|\mbox| and |\parbox| rather than |\setbox|, |\hbox| and |\vbox|.
+
+Use |\PackageError|, |\PackageWarning| or |\PackageInfo| (or the
+equivalent class commands) rather than |\@latexerr|, |\@warning| or
+|\wlog|.
+
+It is still possible to declare options by defining |\ds@<option>| and
+calling |\@options|; but we recommend the |\DeclareOption| and
+|\ProcessOptions| commands instead. These are more powerful and use
+less memory. So rather than using:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\ds@draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
+ \@options
+\end{verbatim}
+you should use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{draft}{\setlength{\overfullrule}{5pt}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The advantage of this kind of practice is that your code is more
+readable and, more important, that it is less likely to break when
+used with future versions of \LaTeX{}.
+
+\subsubsection{Make it portable}
+
+It is also sensible to make your files are as portable as possible. To
+ensure this; they should contain only visible 7-bit text; and the
+filenames should contain at most eight characters (plus the three
+letter extension). Also, of course, it \textbf{must not} have the
+same name as a file in the standard \LaTeX{} distribution, however
+similar its contents may be to one of these files.
+
+It is also useful if local classes or packages have a common prefix,
+for example the University of Nowhere classes might begin with |unw|.
+This helps to avoid every University having its own thesis class, all
+called |thesis.cls|.
+
+If you rely on some features of the \LaTeX{} kernel, or on a package,
+please specify the release-date you need. For example, the package
+error commands were introduced in the June 1994 release so, if you use
+them then you should put:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{Useful hooks}
+
+Some packages and document styles had to redefine the command
+|\document| or |\enddocument| to achieve their goal. This is no
+longer necessary. You can now use the `hooks' |\AtBeginDocument| and
+|\AtEndDocument| (see Section~\ref{Sec:delays}). Again, using these
+hooks makes it less likely that your code breaks with future versions
+of \LaTeX{}. It also makes it more likely that your package can work
+together with someone else's.
+
+\NEWdescription{1996/12/01}
+However, note that code in the |\AtBeginDocument| hook is part of the
+preamble. Thus there are restrictions on what can be put there; in
+particular, no typesetting can be done.
+
+\section{The structure of a class or package}
+\label{Sec:structure}
+
+\LaTeXe{} classes and packages have more structure than \LaTeX~2.09
+style files did. The outline of a class or package file is:
+\begin{description}
+\item[Identification] The file says that it is a \LaTeXe{} package or
+ class, and gives a short description of itself.
+\item[Preliminary declarations]
+ Here the file declares some commands and can also load
+ other files. Usually these commands will be just those needed for
+ the code used in the declared options.
+\item[Options] The file declares and processes its options.
+\item[More declarations] This is where the file does most of its work:
+ declaring new variables, commands and fonts; and loading other files.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Identification}
+
+The first thing a class or package file does is identify itself.
+Package files do this as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{<package>}[<date> <other information>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{latexsym}[1994/06/01 Standard LaTeX package]
+\end{verbatim}
+Class files do this as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{<class-name>}[<date> <other information>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{article}[1994/06/01 Standard LaTeX class]
+\end{verbatim}
+\NEWdescription{1998/06/19}
+The \m{date} should be given in the form `\textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}' and
+must be present if the optional argument is used (this is also true
+for the |\NeedsTeXFormat| command).
+Any derivation from this syntax will result in low-level \TeX{}
+errors---the commands expect a valid syntax to speed up the daily
+usage of the package or class and make no provision for the case that
+the developer made a mistake!
+
+This date is checked whenever a user specifies a date in their
+|\documentclass| or |\usepackage| command. For example, if you wrote:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass{article}[1995/12/23]
+\end{verbatim}
+then users at a different location
+would get a warning that their copy of |article| was out of
+date.
+
+The description of a class is displayed when the class is used. The
+description of a package is put into the log file. These descriptions
+are also displayed by the |\listfiles| command. The phrase
+\texttt{Standard LaTeX} \textbf{must not} be used in the identification
+banner of any file other than those in the standard \LaTeX{}
+distribution.
+
+
+\subsection{Using classes and packages}
+
+The first major difference between \LaTeX~2.09 style files and
+\LaTeXe{} packages and classes is that \LaTeXe{} supports
+\emph{modularity}, in the sense of building files from small
+building-blocks rather than using large single files.
+
+A \LaTeX{} package or class can load a package as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \RequirePackage[<options>]{<package>}[<date>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \RequirePackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+This command has the same syntax as the author command |\usepackage|.
+It allows packages or classes to use features provided by other
+packages. For example, by loading the |ifthen| package, a package
+writer can use the `if\dots then\dots else\dots' commands provided
+by that package.
+
+A \LaTeX{} class can load one other class as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClass[<options>]{<class-name>}[<date>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClass[twocolumn]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+This command has the same syntax as the author command |\documentclass|.
+It allows classes to be based on the syntax and appearance of another
+class. For example, by loading the |article| class, a class writer
+only has to change the bits of |article| they don't like, rather than
+writing a new class from scratch.
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+The following commands can be used in the common case that you want to
+simply load a class or package file with exactly those options that
+are being used by the current class.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{<class-name>}[<date>]
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions{<package>}[<date>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{article}
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions{graphics}[1995/12/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Declaring options}
+
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+The other major difference between \LaTeX~2.09 styles and \LaTeXe{}
+packages and classes is in option handling. Packages and classes can
+now declare options and these can be specified by authors; for
+example, the |twocolumn| option is declared by the |article| class.
+Note that the name of an option should contain only those characters
+allowed in a `\LaTeX{} name'; in particular it must not contain any
+control sequences.
+
+An option is declared as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{<option>}{<code>}
+\end{verbatim}
+For example, the |dvips| option (slightly simplified)
+to the |graphics| package is implemented as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{dvips}{\input{dvips.def}}
+\end{verbatim}
+This means that when an author writes |\usepackage[dvips]{graphics}|,
+the file |dvips.def| is loaded. As another example, the |a4paper|
+option is declared in the |article| class to set the |\paperheight|
+and |\paperwidth| lengths:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{a4paper}{%
+ \setlength{\paperheight}{297mm}%
+ \setlength{\paperwidth}{210mm}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Sometimes a user will request an option which the class
+or package has not explicitly declared. By default this will produce
+a warning (for classes) or error (for packages); this behaviour
+can be altered as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{<code>}
+\end{verbatim}
+For example, to make the package |fred| produce a warning rather than
+an error for unknown options, you could specify:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{%
+ \PackageWarning{fred}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Then, if an author writes |\usepackage[foo]{fred}|, they will get a
+warning \texttt{Package fred Warning: Unknown option `foo'.} As
+another example, the |fontenc| package tries to load a file
+|<ENC>enc.def| whenever the \m{ENC} option is used. This
+can be done by writing:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{%
+ \input{\CurrentOption enc.def}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+It is possible to pass options on to another package or class, using
+the command |\PassOptionsToPackage| or |\PassOptionsToClass| (note
+that this is a specialised operation that works only for option
+names). For example, to pass every unknown option on to the |article|
+class, you can use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+If you do this then you should make sure you load the class at some
+later point, otherwise the options will never be processed!
+
+So far, we have explained only how to declare options, not how to
+execute them. To process the options with which the file was called,
+you should use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+This executes the \m{code} for each option that was both specified and
+declared (see Section~\ref{Sec:commands.options} for details of how
+this is done).
+
+For example, if the |jane| package file contains:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{foo}{\typeout{Saw foo.}}
+ \DeclareOption{baz}{\typeout{Saw baz.}}
+ \DeclareOption*{\typeout{What's \CurrentOption?}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+and an author writes |\usepackage[foo,bar]{jane}|, then they will see
+the messages \texttt{Saw foo.} and \texttt{What's bar?}
+
+\subsection{A minimal class file}
+
+Most of the work of a class or package is in defining new commands, or
+changing the appearance of documents. This is done in the body of the
+package, using commands such as |\newcommand| or |\setlength|.
+
+\LaTeXe{} provides several new commands to help class and package
+writers; these are described in detail in Section~\ref{Sec:commands}.
+
+There are four things that every class file \emph{must} contain: these
+are a definition of |\normalsize|, values for |\textwidth| and
+|\textheight| and a specification for page-numbering. So a minimal
+document class file\footnote {This class is now in the standard
+distribution, as \texttt{minimal.cls}.} looks like this:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{minimal}[1995/10/30 Standard LaTeX minimal class]
+ \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
+ \setlength{\textwidth}{6.5in}
+ \setlength{\textheight}{8in}
+ \pagenumbering{arabic} % needed even though this class will
+ % not show page numbers
+\end{verbatim}
+However, this class file will not support footnotes, marginals,
+floats, etc., nor will it provide any of the 2-letter font commands
+such as |\rm|; thus most classes will contain more than this minimum!
+
+\subsection{Example: a local letter class}
+
+A company may have its own letter class, for setting letters in the
+company style. This section shows a simple implementation of such a
+class, although a real class would need more structure.
+
+The class begins by announcing itself as |neplet.cls|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{neplet}[1995/04/01 NonExistent Press letter class]
+\end{verbatim}
+Then this next bit passes any options on to the |letter| class, which
+is loaded with the |a4paper| option.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{letter}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+ \LoadClass[a4paper]{letter}
+\end{verbatim}
+In order to use the company letter head, it redefines the
+|firstpage| page style: this is the page style that is used on
+the first page of letters.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\ps@firstpage}{%
+ \renewcommand{\@oddhead}{<letterhead goes here>}%
+ \renewcommand{\@oddfoot}{<letterfoot goes here>}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+And that's it!
+
+\subsection{Example: a newsletter class}
+
+A simple newsletter can be typeset with \LaTeX{}, using a variant of the
+|article| class.
+The class begins by announcing itself as |smplnews.cls|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{smplnews}[1995/04/01 The Simple News newsletter class]
+
+ \newcommand{\headlinecolor}{\normalcolor}
+\end{verbatim}
+It passes most specified options on to the |article| class: apart from
+the |onecolumn| option, which is switched off, and the |green| option,
+which sets the headline in green.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\OptionNotUsed}
+ \DeclareOption{green}{\renewcommand{\headlinecolor}{\color{green}}}
+
+ \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+It then loads the class |article| with the option |twocolumn|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClass[twocolumn]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+Since the newsletter is to be printed in colour, it now loads the
+|color| package. The class does not specify a device driver option
+since this should be specified by the user of the |smplnews| class.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \RequirePackage{color}
+\end{verbatim}
+The class then redefines |\maketitle| to produce the title in 72pt
+Helvetica bold oblique, in the appropriate colour.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\maketitle}{%
+ \twocolumn[%
+ \fontsize{72}{80}\fontfamily{phv}\fontseries{b}%
+ \fontshape{sl}\selectfont\headlinecolor
+ \@title
+ ]%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+It redefines |\section| and switches off section numbering.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\section}{%
+ \@startsection
+ {section}{1}{0pt}{-1.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}%
+ {1ex plus .2ex}{\large\sffamily\slshape\headlinecolor}%
+ }
+
+ \setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
+\end{verbatim}
+It also sets the three essential things.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{9}{10}\selectfont}
+ \setlength{\textwidth}{17.5cm}
+ \setlength{\textheight}{25cm}
+\end{verbatim}
+In practice, a class would need more than this: it would provide
+commands for issue numbers, authors of articles, page styles and so
+on; but this skeleton gives a start. The |ltnews| class file is not
+much more complex than this one.
+
+\section{Commands for class and package writers}
+\label{Sec:commands}
+
+This section describes briefly each of the new commands for class and
+package writers. To find out about other aspects of the new system,
+you should also read \emph{\LaTeXbook}, \emph{\LaTeXcomp} and
+\emph{\usrguide}.
+
+\subsection{Identification}
+
+The first group of commands discussed here are those used
+to identify your class or package file.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\NeedsTeXFormat| \arg{format-name} \oarg{release-date}
+\end{decl}
+This command tells \TeX{} that this file should be processed using a
+format with name \m{format-name}. You can use the optional argument
+\m{release-date} to further specify the earliest release date of the
+format that is needed. When the release date of the format is older
+than the one specified a warning will be generated. The standard
+\m{format-name} is \texttt{LaTeX2e}. The date, if present, must be in
+the form \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\ProvidesClass| \arg{class-name} \oarg{release-info} \\
+|\ProvidesPackage| \arg{package-name} \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+This declares that the current file contains the definitions for the
+document class \m{class-name} or package \m{package-name}.
+
+The optional \m{release-info}, if used, must contain:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item the release date of
+ this version of the file, in the form \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd};
+\item optionally followed by a space and a short description, possibly
+ including a version number.
+\end{itemize}
+The above syntax must be followed exactly so that this information
+can be used by |\LoadClass| or |\documentclass| (for classes) or
+|\RequirePackage| or |\usepackage| (for packages) to test that the
+release is not too old.
+
+The whole of this \m{release-info} information is displayed by
+|\listfiles| and should therefore not be too long.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ProvidesClass{article}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX class]
+ \ProvidesPackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX package]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ProvidesFile| \arg{file-name} \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+This is similar to the two previous commands except that here the full
+filename, including the extension, must be given. It is used for
+declaring any files other than main class and package files.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ProvidesFile{T1enc.def}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX file]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note that the phrase \texttt{Standard LaTeX} \textbf{must not} be used
+in the identification banner of any file other than those in the
+standard \LaTeX{} distribution.
+
+\subsection{Loading files}
+\label{Sec:loadf}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+This group of commands can be used to create your own document class or
+package by building on existing classes or packages.
+\begin{decl}
+ |\RequirePackage| \oarg{options-list} \arg{package-name}
+ \oarg{release-info}\\
+ |\RequirePackageWithOptions| \arg{package-name}
+ \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+Packages and classes should use these commands to load other packages.
+
+The use of |\RequirePackage| is the same as the author command
+|\usepackage|.
+
+Examples:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \RequirePackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01]
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions{graphics}[1995/12/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\LoadClass| \oarg{options-list} \arg{class-name}
+ \oarg{release-info}\\
+ |\LoadClassWithOptions| \arg{class-name}
+ \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+These commands are for use \emph{only} in class files, they cannot be
+used in packages files;
+they can be used at most once within a class file.
+
+The use of |\LoadClass| is the same as
+the use of |\documentclass| to load a class file.
+
+Examples:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClass{article}[1994/06/01]
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{article}[1995/12/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+The two |WithOptions| versions simply load the class (or package) file
+with exactly those options that are being used by the current file
+(class or package). See below, in \ref{Sec:opmove}, for further
+discussion of their use.
+
+
+\subsection{Option declaration}
+\label{Sec:commands.options.dec}
+
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+The following commands deal with the declaration and handling of
+options to document classes and packages. Every option name must be a
+`\LaTeX{} name'.
+
+There are some commands designed especially for use within the
+\m{code} argument of these commands (see below).
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareOption| \arg{option-name} \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+This makes \m{option-name} a `declared option' of the class or package
+in which it is put.
+
+The \m{code} argument contains the code to be executed if that option
+is specified for the class or package; it can contain any valid
+\LaTeXe{} construct.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareOption*| \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+This declares the \m{code} to be executed for every option which is
+specified for, but otherwise not explicitly declared by, the class or
+package; this code is called the `default option code' and it can
+contain any valid \LaTeXe{} construct.
+
+If a class file contains no |\DeclareOption*| then, by default, all
+specified but undeclared options for that class will be silently
+passed to all packages (as will the specified and declared options for
+that class).
+
+If a package file contains no |\DeclareOption*| then, by default, each
+specified but undeclared option for that package will produce an error.
+
+
+\subsection{Commands within option code}
+\label{Sec:within.code}
+
+These two commands can be used only within the \m{code} argument of
+either |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|. Other commands commonly
+used within these arguments can be found in the next few subsections.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\CurrentOption|
+\end{decl}
+This expands to the name of the current option.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\OptionNotUsed|
+\end{decl}
+This causes the current option to
+be added to the list of `unused options'.
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/06/01}
+ You can now include hash marks (\texttt{\#}) within these \m{code}
+ arguments without special treatment (formerly, it had been
+ necessary to double them).
+
+\subsection{Moving options around}
+\label{Sec:opmove}
+
+These two commands are also very useful within the \m{code} argument
+of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|:
+\begin{decl}
+ |\PassOptionsToPackage| \arg{options-list} \arg{package-name}\\
+ |\PassOptionsToClass| \arg{options-list} \arg{class-name}
+\end{decl}
+The command |\PassOptionsToPackage| passes the option names in
+\m{options-list} to package \m{package-name}.
+This means that it adds the \m{option-list} to the
+list of options used by any future |\RequirePackage| or |\usepackage|
+command for package \m{package-name}.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{foo,bar}{fred}
+ \RequirePackage[baz]{fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+is the same as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \RequirePackage[foo,bar,baz]{fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Similarly, |\PassOptionsToClass| may be used in a class file to pass
+options to another class to be loaded with |\LoadClass|.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+The effects and use of these two commands should be contrasted with
+those of the following two (documented above, in \ref{Sec:loadf}):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClassWithOptions
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions
+\end{verbatim}
+The command |\RequirePackageWithOptions| is similar to
+|\RequirePackage|, but it always loads the required package with
+exactly the same option list as that being used by the current class
+or package, rather than with any option explicitly supplied or passed
+on by |\PassOptionsToPackage|.
+
+The main purpose of |\LoadClassWithOptions| is to allow one class to
+simply build on another, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+This should be compared with the slightly different construction
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+ \LoadClass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+As used above, the effects are more or less the same, but the first is
+a lot less to type; also the |\LoadClassWithOptions| method runs
+slightly quicker.
+
+If, however, the class declares options of its own then
+the two constructions are different. Compare, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{landscape}{\@landscapetrue}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{landscape}{\@landscapetrue}
+ \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+ \LoadClass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+In the first example, the \textsf{article} class will be loaded with
+option |landscape| precisely when the current class is called with
+this option. By contrast, in the second example it will never be
+called with option \texttt{landscape} as in that case \textsf{article}
+is passed options only by the default option handler, but this handler
+is not used for |landscape| because that option is explicitly
+declared.
+
+\subsection{Delaying code}
+\label{Sec:delays}
+
+These first two commands are also intended primarily for use within
+the \m{code} argument of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\AtEndOfClass| \arg{code}\\
+ |\AtEndOfPackage| \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+These commands declare \m{code} that is saved away internally and then
+executed after processing the whole of the current class or package
+file.
+
+Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the
+arguments is stored (and later executed) in the order of their
+declarations.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\AtBeginDocument| \arg{code}\\
+ |\AtEndDocument| \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+These commands declare \m{code} to be saved internally and executed
+while \LaTeX{} is executing |\begin{document}| or |\end{document}|.
+
+The \m{code} specified in the argument to |\AtBeginDocument| is
+executed near the end of the |\begin{document}| code, \emph{after} the
+font selection tables have been set up. It is therefore a useful
+place to put code which needs to be executed after everything has been
+prepared for typesetting and when the normal font for the document is
+the current font.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+The |\AtBeginDocument| hook should not be used for code that does any
+typesetting since the typeset result would be unpredictable.
+
+The \m{code} specified in the argument to |\AtEndDocument| is
+executed at the beginning of the |\end{document}| code,
+\emph{before} the final page is finished and before any leftover
+floating environments are processed. If some of the \m{code} is to be
+executed after these two processes, you should include a |\clearpage|
+at the appropriate point in \m{code}.
+
+Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the
+arguments is stored (and later executed) in the order of their
+declarations.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\AtBeginDvi| \arg{specials}
+\end{decl}
+These commands save in a box register things which are written to the
+|.dvi| file at the beginning of the `shipout' of the first page of the
+document.
+
+This should not be used for anything that will add any typeset
+material to the |.dvi| file.
+
+Repeated use of this command is permitted.
+
+
+\subsection{Option processing}
+\label{Sec:commands.options}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ProcessOptions|
+\end{decl}
+This command executes the \m{code} for each selected option.
+
+We shall first describe how |\ProcessOptions| works in a package file,
+and then how this differs in a class file.
+
+To understand in detail what |\ProcessOptions| does in a package file,
+you have to know the difference between \emph{local} and \emph{global}
+options.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \textbf{Local options} are those which have been explicitly
+ specified for this particular package in the \m{options} argument of
+ any of these:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\PassOptionsToPackage{<options>}| \ |\usepackage[<options>]|\\
+ |\RequirePackage[<options>]|
+\end{quote}
+\item \textbf{Global options} are any other options that are specified
+ by the author in the \m{options} argument of
+ |\documentclass[<options>]|.
+\end{itemize}
+For example, suppose that a document begins:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[german,twocolumn]{article}
+ \usepackage{gerhardt}
+\end{verbatim}
+whilst package |gerhardt| calls package |fred| with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{german,dvips,a4paper}{fred}
+ \RequirePackage[errorshow]{fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+then:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item |fred|'s local options are |german|, |dvips|, |a4paper|
+ and |errorshow|;
+\item |fred|'s only global option is |twocolumn|.
+\end{itemize}
+
+When |\ProcessOptions| is called, the following happen.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \emph{First}, for each option so far declared in |fred.sty|
+ by |\DeclareOption|, it looks to see if that option is either a
+ global or a local option for |fred|: if it is then the corresponding
+ code is executed.
+
+ This is done in the order in which these options
+ were declared in |fred.sty|.
+\item \emph{Then}, for each remaining \emph{local} option, the command
+ |\ds@<option>| is executed if it has been defined somewhere (other
+ than by a |\DeclareOption|); otherwise, the `default option code' is
+ executed. If no default option code has been declared then an error
+ message is produced.
+
+ This is done in the order in which these
+ options were specified.
+\end{itemize}
+Throughout this process, the system ensures that the code declared for
+an option is executed at most once.
+
+Returning to the example, if |fred.sty| contains:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{dvips}{\typeout{DVIPS}}
+ \DeclareOption{german}{\typeout{GERMAN}}
+ \DeclareOption{french}{\typeout{FRENCH}}
+ \DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{fred}{Unknown `\CurrentOption'}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+then the result of processing this document will be:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ DVIPS
+ GERMAN
+ Package fred Warning: Unknown `a4paper'.
+ Package fred Warning: Unknown `errorshow'.
+\end{verbatim}
+Note the following:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item the code for the |dvips| option is executed before that for the
+ |german| option, because that is the order in which they are declared
+ in |fred.sty|;
+\item the code for the |german| option is executed only once, when the
+ declared options are being processed;
+\item the |a4paper| and |errorshow| options produce the warning from
+ the code declared by |\DeclareOption*| (in the order in which they
+ were specified), whilst the |twocolumn| option does not: this is
+ because |twocolumn| is a global option.
+\end{itemize}
+
+In a class file, |\ProcessOptions| works in the same way, except
+that: \emph{all} options are local; and the default value for
+|\DeclareOption*| is |\OptionNotUsed| rather than an error.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+Note that, because |\ProcessOptions| has a |*|-form, it is wise to
+follow the non-star form with |\relax|, as in the previous examples,
+since this prevents unnecessary look ahead and possibly misleading
+error messages being issued.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ProcessOptions*| \\
+ |\@options|
+\end{decl}
+This is like |\ProcessOptions| but it executes the options in the
+order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order of
+declaration in the class or package. For a package this means that the
+global options are processed first.
+
+The |\@options| command from \LaTeX~2.09 has been made equivalent to
+this in order to ease the task of updating old document styles to
+\LaTeXe{} class files.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ExecuteOptions| \arg{options-list}
+\end{decl}
+
+For each option in the \m{options-list}, in order,
+this command simply executes the command
+|\ds@<option>| (if this command is not defined, then that option is
+silently ignored).
+
+It can be used to provide a `default option list' just before
+|\ProcessOptions|. For example, suppose that in a class file you want
+to set up the default design to be: two-sided printing; 11pt fonts;
+in two columns. Then it could specify:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ExecuteOptions{11pt,twoside,twocolumn}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{Safe file commands}
+
+These commands deal with file input; they ensure that the non-existence
+of a requested file can be handled in a user-friendly way.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\IfFileExists| \arg{file-name} \arg{true} \arg{false}
+\end{decl}
+If the file exists then the code specified in \m{true} is
+executed.
+
+If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is
+executed.
+
+This command does \emph{not} input the file.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\InputIfFileExists| \arg{file-name} \arg{true} \arg{false}
+\end{decl}
+This inputs the file \m{file-name} if it exists and, immediately
+before the input, the code specified in \m{true} is executed.
+
+If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is
+executed.
+
+It is implemented using |\IfFileExists|.
+
+
+\subsection{Reporting errors, etc}
+
+These commands should be used by third party classes and packages to
+report errors, or to provide information to authors.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ClassError| \arg{class-name} \arg{error-text} \arg{help-text}\\
+ |\PackageError| \arg{package-name} \arg{error-text} \arg{help-text}
+\end{decl}
+These produce an error message. The \m{error-text} is displayed and the
+|?| error prompt is shown. If the user types |h|, they will be shown
+the \m{help-text}.
+
+Within the \m{error-text} and \m{help-text}: |\protect| can be used to
+stop a command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break;
+and |\space| prints a space.
+
+Note that the \m{error-text} will have a full stop added to it, so do
+not put one into the argument.
+
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\foo}{FOO}
+ \PackageError{ethel}{%
+ Your hovercraft is full of eels,\MessageBreak
+ and \protect\foo\space is \foo
+ }{%
+ Oh dear! Something's gone wrong.\MessageBreak
+ \space \space Try typing \space <<return>>
+ \space to proceed, ignoring \protect\foo.
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+produces this display:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ! Package ethel Error: Your hovercraft is full of eels,
+ (ethel) and \foo is FOO.
+
+ See the ethel package documentation for explanation.
+\end{verbatim}
+If the user types |h|, this will be shown:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ Oh dear! Something's gone wrong.
+ Try typing <<return>> to proceed, ignoring \foo.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ClassWarning| \arg{class-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+ |\PackageWarning| \arg{package-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+ |\ClassWarningNoLine| \arg{class-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+ |\PackageWarningNoLine| \arg{package-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+ |\ClassInfo| \arg{class-name} \arg{info-text}\\
+ |\PackageInfo| \arg{package-name} \arg{info-text}
+\end{decl}
+The four |Warning| commands are similar to the error commands, except
+that they produce only a warning on the screen, with no error prompt.
+
+The first two, |Warning| versions, also show the line number where the
+warning occurred, whilst the second two, |WarningNoLine| versions, do
+not.
+
+The two |Info| commands are similar except that they log the
+information only in the transcript file, including the line number.
+There are no |NoLine| versions of these two.
+
+Within the \m{warning-text} and \m{info-text}: |\protect| can be used to
+stop a command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break;
+and |\space| prints a space.
+Also, these should not end with a full stop as one is
+automatically added.
+
+
+\subsection{Defining commands}
+\label{Sec:commands.define}
+
+\LaTeXe{} provides some extra methods of (re)defining commands that are
+intended for use in class and package files.
+
+\NEWfeature{1994/12/01}
+The \texttt{*}-forms of these commands should be used to define
+commands that are not, in \TeX{} terms, long. This can be useful for
+error-trapping with commands whose arguments are not intended to
+contain whole paragraphs of text.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareRobustCommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}\\
+ |\DeclareRobustCommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This command takes the same arguments as |\newcommand| but it declares
+a robust command, even if some code within the \m{definition} is
+fragile. You can use this command to define new robust commands, or
+to redefine existing commands and make them robust. A log is put into
+the transcript file if a command is redefined.
+
+For example, if |\seq| is defined as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\seq}[2][n]{%
+ \ifmmode
+ #1_{1}\ldots#1_{#2}%
+ \else
+ \PackageWarning{fred}{You can't use \protect\seq\space in text}%
+ \fi
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Then the command |\seq| can be used in moving arguments, even though
+|\ifmmode| cannot, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \section{Stuff about sequences $\seq{x}$}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note also that there is no need to put a |\relax| before the
+|\ifmmode| at the beginning of the definition; this is because the
+protection given by this |\relax| against expansion at the wrong time
+will be provided internally.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\CheckCommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}\\
+ |\CheckCommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This takes the same arguments as |\newcommand| but, rather than define
+\m{cmd}, it just checks that the current definition of \m{cmd} is
+exactly as given by \m{definition}. An error is raised if these
+definitions differ.
+
+This command is useful for checking the state of the system before
+your package starts altering the definitions of commands. It allows
+you to check, in particular, that no other package has redefined the
+same command.
+
+\subsection{Moving arguments}
+
+\NEWdescription{1994/12/01}
+The setting of protect whilst processing (i.e.~moving) moving arguments
+has been reimplemented, as has the method of writing information from
+the |.aux| file to other files such as the |.toc| file. Details can
+be found in the file |ltdefns.dtx|.
+
+We hope that these changes will not affect many packages.
+
+\section{Miscellaneous commands, etc}
+\label{Sec:commands.misc}
+
+\subsection{Layout parameters}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\paperheight|\\
+|\paperwidth|
+\end{decl}
+These two parameters are usually set by the class to be the size of
+the paper being used. This should be actual paper size, unlike
+|\textwidth| and |\textheight| which are the size of the main text
+body within the margins.
+
+
+\subsection{Case changing}
+\label{sec:case}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\MakeUppercase| \arg{text} \\
+ |\MakeLowercase| \arg{text}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/06/01}
+\TeX{} provides two primitives |\uppercase| and |\lowercase| for
+changing the case of text. These are sometimes used in document
+classes, for example to set information in running heads in all
+capitals.
+
+Unfortunately, these \TeX{} primitives do not change the case of
+characters accessed by commands like |\ae| or |\aa|. To overcome this
+problem, \LaTeX{} provides two new commands |\MakeUppercase| and
+|\MakeLowercase| to do this.
+
+For example:
+\begin{quotation}
+\begin{tabular}{rl}
+ |\uppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \uppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
+ |\lowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \lowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
+ |\MakeUppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| &
+ \MakeUppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
+ |\MakeLowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \MakeLowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{quotation}
+
+The commands |\MakeUppercase| and |\MakeLowercase| themselves are
+robust, but they have moving arguments.
+
+The commands use the \TeX{} primitives |\uppercase| and |\lowercase|,
+and so have a number of unexpected `features'. In particular, they
+change the case of everything (except characters in the names of
+control-sequences) in their text argument: this includes mathematics,
+environment names, and label names.
+
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \MakeUppercase{$x+y$ in \ref{foo}}
+\end{verbatim}
+produces $X+Y$ and the warning:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ LaTeX Warning: Reference `FOO' on page ... undefined on ...
+\end{verbatim}
+In the long run, we would like to use all-caps fonts rather than any
+command like |\MakeUppercase| but this is not possible at the moment
+because such fonts do not exist.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+In order that upper/lower-casing will work reasonably well, and in
+order to provide any correct hyphenation, \LaTeXe{} \emph{must} use,
+throughout a document, the same fixed table for changing case.
+The table used is designed for the font encoding |T1|; this works well
+with the standard \TeX{} fonts for all Latin alphabets but will cause
+problems when using other alphabets.
+
+\subsection{The `openany' option in the `book' class}
+
+\NEWdescription{1996/06/01}
+The |openany| option allows chapter and similar openings to
+occur on left hand pages. Previously this option affected only
+|\chapter| and |\backmatter|. It now also affects
+|\part|, |\frontmatter| and |\mainmatter|.
+
+\subsection{Better user-defined math display environments}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ignorespacesafterend|
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1996/12/01}
+\NEWdescription{2003/12/01}
+Suppose that you want to define an environment for displaying text
+that is numbered as an equation. A straightforward way to do this is
+as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newenvironment{texteqn}
+ {\begin{equation}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth}}
+ {\end{minipage}
+ \end{equation}}
+\end{verbatim}
+However, if you have tried this then you will probably have noticed
+that it does not work perfectly when used in the middle of a paragraph
+because an inter-word space appears at the beginning of the first
+line after the environment.
+
+There is now an extra command (with a very long name) available that
+you can use to avoid this problem; it should be inserted as shown here:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newenvironment{texteqn}
+ {\begin{equation}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth}}
+ {\end{minipage}
+ \end{equation}
+ \ignorespacesafterend}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This command may also have other uses.
+
+\subsection{Normalising spacing}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\normalsfcodes|
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1997/06/01}
+This command should be used to restore the normal settings of the
+parameters that affect spacing between words, sentences, etc.
+
+An important use of this feature is to correct a problem, reported by
+Donald Arseneau, that punctuation in page headers has always (in all
+known \TeX{} formats) been potentially wrong whenever a page break
+happens while a local setting of the space codes is in effect. These
+space codes are changed by, for example, the command
+\verb|\frenchspacing|) and the \textsf{verbatim} environment.
+
+It is normally given the correct definition automatically in
+|\begin{document}| and so need not be explicitly set; however, if it
+is explicitly made nonempty in a class file then automatic
+default setting will be over-ridden.
+
+
+\section{Upgrading \LaTeX~2.09 classes and packages}
+\label{Sec:upgrade}
+
+This section describes the changes you may need to make when you
+upgrade an existing \LaTeX{} style to a package or class but we shall
+start in optimistic mode.
+
+Many existing style files will run with \LaTeXe{} without any
+modification to the file itself. When everything is running OK,
+please put a note in the newly created package or class file to record
+that it runs with the new standard \LaTeX{}; then distribute it to
+your users.
+
+\subsection{Try it first!}
+\label{Sec:try-it}
+
+The first thing you should do is to test your style in `compatibility
+mode'. The only change you need to make in order to do this is,
+possibly, to change the extension of the file to |.cls|: you should
+make this change only if your file was used as a main document style.
+Now, without any other modifications, run \LaTeXe{} on a document that
+uses your file. This assumes that you have a suitable collection of
+files that tests all the functionality provided by your style file.
+(If you haven't, now is the time to make one!)
+
+You now need to change the test document files so that they are
+\LaTeXe{} documents: see \emph{\usrguide} for details of how to do
+this and then try them again. You have now tried the test documents
+in both \LaTeXe{} native mode and \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.
+
+\subsection{Troubleshooting}
+\label{Sec:trouble}
+
+If your file does not work with \LaTeXe{}, there are two likely
+reasons.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \LaTeX{} now has a robust, well-defined designer's interface for
+ selecting fonts, which is very different from the \LaTeX~2.09
+ internals.
+\item Your style file may have used some \LaTeX~2.09 internal commands
+ which have changed, or which have been removed.
+\end{itemize}
+
+When you are debugging your file, you will probably need more
+information than is normally displayed by \LaTeXe. This is achieved
+by resetting the counter |errorcontextlines| from its default value of
+$-1$ to a much higher value, e.g.~999.
+
+\subsection{Accommodating compatibility mode}
+
+Sometimes an existing collection of \LaTeX~2.09 documents makes it
+inconvenient or impossible to abandon the old commands entirely.
+If this is the case, then it is possible to accommodate both conventions
+by making special provision for documents processed in compatibility
+mode.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\if@compatibility|
+\end{decl}
+This switch is set when a document begins with |\documentstyle| rather
+than |\documentclass|. Appropriate code can be supplied for either
+condition, as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \if@compatibility
+ <code emulating LaTeX 2.09 behavior>
+ \else
+ <code suitable for LaTeX2e>
+ \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{Font commands}
+
+Some font and size commands are now defined by the document class
+rather than by the \LaTeX{} kernel. If you are upgrading a
+\LaTeX~2.09 document style to a class that does not load one of the
+standard classes, then you will probably need to add definitions for
+these commands.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\rm| |\sf| |\tt| |\bf| |\it| |\sl| |\sc|
+\end{decl}
+None of these short-form font selection commands are defined in the
+\LaTeXe{} kernel. They are defined by all the standard class files.
+
+If you want to define them in your class file, there are several
+reasonable ways to do this.
+
+One possible definition is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\rm}{\rmfamily}
+ ...
+ \newcommand{\sc}{\scshape}
+\end{verbatim}
+This would make the font commands orthogonal; for example
+|{\bf\it text}| would produce bold italic, thus: \textbf{\textit{text}}.
+It will also make them produce an error if used in math mode.
+
+Another possible definition is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
+ ...
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\scshape}{\mathsc}
+\end{verbatim}
+This will make |\rm| act like |\rmfamily| in text mode (see above) and
+it will make |\rm| select the |\mathrm| math alphabet in math mode.
+
+Thus |${\rm math} = X + 1$| will produce `${\rm math} = X + 1$'.
+
+If you do not want font selection to be orthogonal then you can
+follow the standard classes and define:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\normalfont\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
+ ...
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\mathsc}
+\end{verbatim}
+This means, for example, that |{\bf\it text}| will produce medium
+weight (rather than bold) italic, thus: \textit{text}.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\normalsize| \\
+ |\@normalsize|
+\end{decl}
+The command |\@normalsize| is retained for compatibility with
+\LaTeX~2.09 packages which may have used its value; but redefining it
+in a class file will have no effect since it is always reset to have
+the same meaning as |\normalsize|.
+
+This means that classes \emph{must} now redefine |\normalsize| rather
+than redefining |\@normalsize|; for example (a rather incomplete one):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10}{12}\selectfont}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that |\normalsize| is defined by the \LaTeX{} kernel to be an
+error message.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\tiny| |\footnotesize| |\small| |\large|\\
+ |\Large| |\LARGE| |\huge| |\Huge|
+\end{decl}
+None of these other `standard' size-changing commands are defined in
+the kernel: each needs to be defined in a class file if you need it.
+They are all defined by the standard classes.
+
+This means you should use |\renewcommand| for |\normalsize| and
+|\newcommand| for the other size-changing commands.
+
+
+\subsection{Obsolete commands}
+
+Some packages will not work with \LaTeXe{}, normally because they relied
+on an internal \LaTeX{} command which was never supported and has now
+changed, or been removed.
+
+In many cases there will now be a robust, high-level means of
+achieving what previously required low-level commands. Please consult
+Section~\ref{Sec:commands} to see if you can now use the \LaTeXe{}
+class and package writers commands.
+
+Also, of course, if your package or class redefined any of the kernel
+commands (i.e.~those defined in the files |latex.tex|, |slitex.tex|,
+|lfonts.tex|, |sfonts.tex|) then you will need to check it very
+carefully against the new kernel in case the implementation has
+changed or the command no longer exists in the \LaTeX2e{} kernel.
+
+Too many of the internal commands of \LaTeX~2.09 have been
+re-implemented or removed to be able to list them all here. You must
+check any that you have used or changed.
+
+We shall, however, list some of the more important commands which are
+no longer supported.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\tenrm| |\elvrm| |\twlrm| \dots\\
+ |\tenbf| |\elvbf| |\twlbf| \dots\\
+ |\tensf| |\elvsf| |\twlsf| \dots\\
+ \qquad$\vdots$
+\end{decl}
+The (approximately) seventy internal commands of this form are no longer
+defined. If your class or package uses them then \emph{please}
+replace them with new font commands described in \emph{\fntguide}.
+
+For example, the command |\twlsf| should be replaced by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \fontsize{12}{14}\normalfont\sffamily\selectfont
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Another possibility is to use the |rawfonts| package, described in
+\emph{\usrguide}.
+
+Also, remember that many of the fonts preloaded by \LaTeX~2.09
+are no longer preloaded.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\vpt| |\vipt| |\viipt| \dots
+\end{decl}
+These were the internal size-selecting commands in \LaTeX~2.09.
+(They can still be used in \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.)
+Please use the command |\fontsize| instead: see \emph{\fntguide} for
+details.
+
+For example, |\vpt| should be replaced by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \fontsize{5}{6}\normalfont\selectfont
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\prm|, |\pbf|, |\ppounds|, |\pLaTeX| \dots
+\end{decl}
+\LaTeX~2.09 used several commands beginning with |\p| in order to
+provide `protected' commands. For example, |\LaTeX| was defined to be
+|\protect\pLaTeX|, and |\pLaTeX| was defined to produce the \LaTeX{}
+logo. This made |\LaTeX| robust, even though |\pLaTeX| was not.
+
+These commands have now been reimplemented using
+|\DeclareRobustCommand|
+(described in Section~\ref{Sec:commands.define}).
+If your package redefined one of the |\p|-commands then you must
+remove the redefinition and use |\DeclareRobustCommand| to redefine the
+non-|\p| command.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\footheight|\\
+|\@maxsep|\\
+|\@dblmaxsep|
+\end{decl}
+These parameters are not used by \LaTeXe{} so they have been removed,
+except in \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode. Classes should no longer
+set them.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+
+\bibitem{A-W:DEK91}
+Donald~E. Knuth.
+\newblock {\em The \TeX book}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1986.
+\newblock Revised to cover \TeX3, 1991.
+
+\bibitem{A-W:LLa94}
+Leslie Lamport.
+\newblock {\em {\LaTeX:} A Document Preparation System}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994.
+
+\bibitem{A-W:MG2004}
+Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens.
+\newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion second edition}.
+\newblock With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 2004.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\newpage
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+
+\section*{\LaTeXe{} Summary sheet: updating old styles}
+
+Section references below are to \emph{\clsguide}.
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+
+\item Should it become a class or a package?
+ See Section~\ref{Sec:classorpkg} for how to answer this question.
+
+\item If it uses another style file, then you will need to obtain an
+ updated version of this other file. Look at Section~\ref{Sec:loading}
+ for information on how to load other class and package files.
+
+\item Try it: see Section~\ref{Sec:try-it}.
+
+\item It worked? Excellent, but there are probably still some things
+ you should change in order to make your file into a well-structured
+ \LaTeXe{} file that is both robust and portable. So you should now
+ read Section~\ref{Sec:writing}, especially~\ref{Sec:general}. You
+ will also find some useful examples in Section~\ref{Sec:structure}.
+
+ If your file sets up new fonts, font-changing commands or symbols,
+ you should also read \emph{\fntguide}.
+
+\item It did not work? There are three possibilities here:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item error messages are produced whilst reading your file;
+ \item error messages are produced whilst processing test documents;
+ \item there are no errors but the output is not as it should be.
+ \end{itemize}
+ Don't forget to check carefully for this last possibility.
+
+ If you have got to this stage then you will need to read
+ Section~\ref{Sec:upgrade} to find the solutions that will make your
+ file work.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf
index 14152ab987f..aa9fe4f90ab 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.tex
index 0ed5e60817e..7225425ec8a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@
% \fi
% Filename: clsguide.tex
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\documentclass{ltxguide}
-\documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28]
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % needed for \textbackslash in tt
+\usepackage{csquotes}
-\title{\LaTeXe~for class and package writers}
-
-\author{Copyright \copyright~1995--2006 The \LaTeX\ Project\\
+\title{\LaTeX\ for package and class authors --- current version}
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 2023, \LaTeX\ Project Team.\\
All rights reserved.%
\footnote{This file may distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the \LaTeX{} Project Public License, either version 1.3c
@@ -42,7 +42,18 @@
\texttt{clsguide.tex} for full details.}%
}
-\date{15 February 2006}
+\date{2023-01-12}
+
+\NewDocumentCommand\cs{m}{\texttt{\textbackslash\detokenize{#1}}}
+\NewDocumentCommand\marg{m}{\arg{#1}}
+\NewDocumentCommand\meta{m}{\ensuremath{\langle}\textit{#1}\ensuremath{\rangle}}
+\NewDocumentCommand\pkg{m}{\textsf{#1}}
+\NewDocumentCommand\text{m}{\ifmmode\mbox{#1}\else#1\fi}
+% Fix a 'feature'
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand \verbatim@font {\normalfont \ttfamily}
+\makeatother
+\providecommand\url[1]{\texttt{#1}}
\begin{document}
@@ -52,105 +63,74 @@
\section{Introduction}
-This document is an introduction to writing classes and packages for
-\LaTeX{}, with special attention given to upgrading existing
-\LaTeX~2.09 packages to \LaTeXe{}. The latter subject is also
-covered in an article by Johannes Braams published in TUGboat~15.3.
-
-\subsection{Writing classes and packages for \LaTeXe}
-
-\LaTeX{} is a document preparation system that enables the document
-writer to concentrate on the contents of their text, without bothering
-too much about the formatting of it. For example, chapters are
-indicated by |\chapter{<title>}| rather than by selecting 18pt bold.
-
-The file that contains the information about how to turn logical
-structure (like `|\chapter|') into formatting (like `18pt bold ragged
-right') is a \emph{document class}. In addition, some features (such
-as colour or included graphics) are independent of the document class
-and these are contained in \emph{packages}.
+\LaTeXe{} was released in 1994 and added a number of then-new concepts to
+\LaTeX{}. For package and class authors, these are described in
+\texttt{clsguide-historic}, which has largely remained unchanged. Since then,
+the \LaTeX{} team have worked on a number of ideas, firstly a programming
+language for \LaTeX{} (L3 programming layer) and then a range of tools for
+authors which build on that language. Here, we describe the current, stable set
+of tools provided by the \LaTeX{} kernel for package and class developers. We
+assume familiarity with general \LaTeX{} usage as a document author, and that
+the material here is read in conjunction with \texttt{usrguide}, which provides
+information for general \LaTeX{} users on up-to-date approaches to creating
+commands, etc.
-One of the largest differences between \LaTeX~2.09 and \LaTeXe{} is in
-the commands used to write packages and classes. In \LaTeX~2.09,
-there was very little support for writing |.sty| files, and so writers
-had to resort to using low-level commands.
+\section{Writing classes and packages}
+\label{Sec:writing}
-\LaTeXe{} provides high-level commands for structuring packages.
-It is also much easier to build classes and packages on top of each
-other, for example writing a local technical report class |cetechr|
-(for the Chemical Engineering department) based on |article|.
+This section covers some general points concerned with writing
+\LaTeX{} classes and packages.
-\subsection{Overview}
+\subsection{Is it a class or a package?}
+\label{Sec:classorpkg}
-This document contains an overview of how to write classes and
-packages for \LaTeX{}. It does \emph{not} introduce all of the
-commands necessary to write packages: these can be found in either
-\emph{\LaTeXbook} or \emph{\LaTeXcomp}. But it does describe the new
-commands for structuring classes and packages.
+The first thing to do when you want to put some new \LaTeX{} commands
+in a file is to decide whether it should be a \emph{document class} or a
+\emph{package}. The rule of thumb is:
+\begin{quote}
+ If the commands could be used with any document class, then make
+ them a package; and if not, then make them a class.
+\end{quote}
-\begin{description}
+There are two major types of class: those like |article|, |report| or
+|letter|, which are free-standing; and those which are extensions or
+variations of other classes---for example, the |proc| document class,
+which is built on the |article| document class.
-\item[Section~\ref{Sec:general}] contains some general advice about
- writing classes and packages. It describes the difference between
- classes and packages, the command naming conventions, the use of
- |doc| and |docstrip|, how \TeX's primitive file and box commands
- interact with \LaTeX{}. It also contains some hints about general
- \LaTeX{} style.
+Thus, a company might have a local |ownlet| class for printing letters
+with their own headed note-paper. Such a class would build on top of
+the existing |letter| class but it cannot be used with any other
+document class, so we have |ownlet.cls| rather than |ownlet.sty|.
-\item[Section~\ref{Sec:structure}] describes the structure of classes
- and packages. This includes building classes and packages on top of
- other classes and packages, declaring options and declaring
- commands. It also contains example classes.
+The |graphics| package, in contrast, provides commands for including
+images into a \LaTeX{} document. Since these commands can be used
+with any document class, we have |graphics.sty| rather than
+|graphics.cls|.
-\item[Section~\ref{Sec:commands}] lists the new class and package
- commands.
+\subsection{Using `docstrip' and `doc'}
- \item[Section~\ref{Sec:upgrade}] gives detailed advice on how to
- upgrade existing \LaTeX~2.09 classes and packages to \LaTeXe{}.
+If you are going to write a large class or package for \LaTeX{} then
+you should consider using the |doc| software which comes with
+\LaTeX{}.
+\LaTeX{} classes and packages written using this can be
+processed in two ways: they can be run through \LaTeX{}, to produce
+documentation; and they can be processed with |docstrip|, to produce
+the |.cls| or |.sty| file.
-\end{description}
+The |doc| software can automatically generate indexes of definitions,
+indexes of command use, and change-log lists. It is very useful for
+maintaining and documenting large \TeX{} sources.
-\subsection{Further information}
-
-For a general introduction to \LaTeX{}, including the new features of
-\LaTeXe{}, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook}
-by Leslie Lamport~\cite{A-W:LLa94}.
-
-A more detailed description of the new features of \LaTeX, including an
-overview of more than 200 packages and nearly 1000 ready to run examples, is
-to be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp\ second edition} by Frank Mittelbach and
-Michel Goossens~\cite{A-W:MG2004}.
-
-The \LaTeX{} system is based on \TeX{}, which is
-described in \emph{The \TeX book} by Donald E.~Knuth~\cite{A-W:DEK91}.
-
-There are a number of documentation files which accompany every copy
-of \LaTeX{}. A copy of \emph{\LaTeX{} News} will come out with each
-six-monthly release of \LaTeX{}, and is found in the files
-|ltnews*.tex|. The author's guide \emph{\usrguide} describes the new
-\LaTeX{} document features; it is in |usrguide.tex|. The guide
-\emph{\fntguide} describes the \LaTeX{} font selection scheme for
-class- and package-writers; it is in |fntguide.tex|. Configuring
-\LaTeX{} is covered by the guide \emph{\cfgguide} in
-\texttt{cfgguide.tex} whilst the philosophy behind our policy on
-modifying \LaTeX{} is described in \emph{\modguide} in
-\texttt{modguide.tex}.
-
-The documented source code (from the files used to produce the kernel
-format via |latex.ltx|) is now available as
-\emph{The \LaTeXe\ Sources}.
-This very large document also includes an index of
-\LaTeX{} commands. It can be typeset from the \LaTeX{} file
-|source2e.tex| in the |base| directory, using the source files and
-the class file |ltxdoc.cls| from this directory.
-
-For more information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}, please contact your
-local \TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group.
-Addresses and other details can be found at:
-\begin{quote}\small\label{addrs}
- \texttt{http://www.tug.org/lugs.html}
-\end{quote}
+The documented sources of the \LaTeX{} kernel itself, and of the
+standard classes, etc., are |doc| documents; they are in the |.dtx|
+files in the distribution. You can, in fact, typeset the source code
+of the kernel as one long document, complete with index, by running
+\LaTeX{} on |source2e.tex|. Typesetting these documents uses the
+class file |ltxdoc.cls|.
+For more information on |doc| and |docstrip|, consult the files
+|docstrip.dtx|, |doc.dtx|, and \emph{\LaTeXcomp}. For examples of its
+use, look at the |.dtx| files.
\subsection{Policy on standard classes}
@@ -182,89 +162,10 @@ packages that can be used to enhance these classes. So your first
thought when you consider such a deficiency will, we hope, be ``what
can I do to improve this?''
-Similar considerations apply to those parts of the kernel that are
-implementing design decisions, many of which should be left to the
-class file but are not in the current system. We realise that in such
-cases it is much more difficult for you to rectify the problem
-yourself but it is also the case that making such changes in the
-kernel would probably be a major project for us; therefore such
-enhancements will have to wait for \LaTeX3.
-
-\section{Writing classes and packages}
-\label{Sec:writing}
-
-This section covers some general points concerned with writing
-\LaTeX{} classes and packages.
-
-
-\subsection{Old versions}
-
-If you are upgrading an existing \LaTeX~2.09 style file then we
-recommend freezing the 2.09 version and no longer maintaining it.
-Experience with the various dialects of \LaTeX{} which existed in the
-early 1990's suggests that maintaining packages for different versions
-of \LaTeX{} is almost impossible. It will, of course, be necessary
-for some organisations to maintain both versions in parallel for some
-time but this is not essential for those packages and classes
-supported by individuals: they should support only the new standard
-\LaTeXe{}, not obsolete versions of \LaTeX{}.
-
-
-\subsection{Using `docstrip' and `doc'}
-
-If you are going to write a large class or package for \LaTeX{} then
-you should consider using the |doc| software which comes with
-\LaTeX{}.
-\LaTeX{} classes and packages written using this can be
-processed in two ways: they can be run through \LaTeX{}, to produce
-documentation; and they can be processed with |docstrip|, to produce
-the |.cls| or |.sty| file.
-
-The |doc| software can automatically generate indexes of definitions,
-indexes of command use, and change-log lists. It is very useful for
-maintaining and documenting large \TeX{} sources.
-
-The documented sources of the \LaTeX{} kernel itself, and of the
-standard classes, etc, are |doc| documents; they are in the |.dtx|
-files in the distribution. You can, in fact, typeset the source code
-of the kernel as one long document, complete with index, by running
-\LaTeX{} on |source2e.tex|. Typesetting these documents uses the
-class file |ltxdoc.cls|.
-
-For more information on |doc| and |docstrip|, consult the files
-|docstrip.dtx|, |doc.dtx|, and \emph{\LaTeXcomp}. For examples of its
-use, look at the |.dtx| files.
-
-\subsection{Is it a class or a package?}
-\label{Sec:classorpkg}
-
-The first thing to do when you want to put some new \LaTeX{} commands
-in a file is to decide whether it should be a \emph{document class} or a
-\emph{package}. The rule of thumb is:
-\begin{quote}
- If the commands could be used with any document class, then make
- them a package; and if not, then make them a class.
-\end{quote}
-
-There are two major types of class: those like |article|, |report| or
-|letter|, which are free-standing; and those which are extensions or
-variations of other classes---for example, the |proc| document class,
-which is built on the |article| document class.
-
-Thus, a company might have a local |ownlet| class for printing letters
-with their own headed note-paper. Such a class would build on top of
-the existing |letter| class but it cannot be used with any other
-document class, so we have |ownlet.cls| rather than |ownlet.sty|.
-
-The |graphics| package, in contrast, provides commands for including
-images into a \LaTeX{} document. Since these commands can be used
-with any document class, we have |graphics.sty| rather than
-|graphics.cls|.
-
-
\subsection{Command names}
-\LaTeX{} has three types of command.
+Prior to the introduction of the L3~programming layer described in the next
+section, \LaTeX{} had three types of command.
There are the author commands, such as |\section|, |\emph| and
|\times|: most of these have short names, all in lower case.
@@ -289,117 +190,97 @@ However, this rule of thumb is still useful: if a command has |@| in
its name then it is not part of the supported \LaTeX{} language---and
its behaviour may change in future releases! If a command is
mixed-case, or is described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}, then you can rely on
-future releases of \LaTeXe{} supporting the command.
-
-\subsection{Box commands and colour}
-\label{Sec:colour}
-
-Even if you do not intend to use colour in your own documents, by
-taking note of the points in this section you can ensure that your
-class or package is compatible with the |color| package. This may
-benefit people using your class or package who have access to colour
-printers.
-
-The simplest way to ensure `colour safety' is to always use \LaTeX{}
-box commands rather than \TeX{} primitives, that is use |\sbox| rather
-than |\setbox|, |\mbox| rather than |\hbox| and |\parbox| or
-the |minipage| environment rather than |\vbox|.
-The \LaTeX{} box commands have new options which mean that they are now
-as powerful as the \TeX{} primitives.
-
-As an example of what can go wrong, consider that in
-|{\ttfamily <text>}|
-the font is restored just \emph{before} the |}|, whereas in the
-similar looking construction
-|{\color{green} <text>}|
-the colour is restored just \emph{after} the final |}|. Normally this
-distinction does not matter at all; but consider a primitive \TeX{}
-box assignment such as:
+future releases of \LaTeX{} supporting the command.
+
+\subsection{Programming support}
+
+As noted in the introduction, the \LaTeX{} kernel today loads dedicated support
+from programming, here referred to as the L3 programming layer but also often
+called \pkg{expl3}. Details of the general approach taken by the L3
+programming layer are given in the document \texttt{expl3}, while a reference
+for all current code interfaces is available as \texttt{interface3}. This layer
+contains two types of command: a documented set of commands making up the API
+and a large number of private internal commands. The latter all start with two
+underscores and should not be used outside of the code module which defines
+them. This more structured approach means that using the L3 programming layer
+does not suffer from the somewhat fluid situation mentioned above with
+`\texttt{@} commands'.
+
+We do not cover the detail of using the L3 programming layer here. A good
+introduction to the approach is provided at
+\url{https://www.alanshawn.com/latex3-tutorial/}.
+
+\subsection{Box commands and color}
+\label{Sec:color}
+
+Even if you do not intend to use color in your own documents, by taking note of
+the points in this section you can ensure that your class or package is
+compatible with the |color| package. This may benefit people using your class
+or package and wish to use color.
+
+The simplest way to ensure `color safety' is to always use \LaTeX{} box
+commands rather than \TeX{} primitives, that is use |\sbox| rather than
+|\setbox|, |\mbox| rather than |\hbox| and |\parbox| or the |minipage|
+environment rather than |\vbox|. The \LaTeX{} box commands have new options
+which mean that they are now as powerful as the \TeX{} primitives.
+
+As an example of what can go wrong, consider that in |{\ttfamily <text>}| the
+font is restored just \emph{before} the |}|, whereas in the similar looking
+construction |{\color{green} <text>}| the color is restored just \emph{after}
+the final |}|. Normally this distinction does not matter at all; but consider a
+primitive \TeX{} box assignment such as:
\begin{verbatim}
\setbox0=\hbox{\color{green} <text>}
\end{verbatim}
-Now the colour-restore occurs after the |}| and so is \emph{not}
-stored in the box. Exactly what bad effects this can have depends on
-how colour is implemented: it can range from getting the wrong
-colours in the rest of the document, to causing errors in the
-dvi-driver used to print the document.
-
-Also of interest is the command |\normalcolor|. This is
-normally just |\relax| (i.e., does nothing)
-but you can use it rather like |\normalfont| to
-set regions of the page such as captions or section headings to the
-`main document colour'.
-
-
-\subsection{Defining text and math characters}
-\label{Sec:chars}
-
-Because \LaTeXe{} supports different encodings, definitions of commands
-for producing symbols, accents, composite glyphs, etc.\ must be
-defined using the commands provided for this purpose and described in
-\emph{\fntguide}. This part of the system is still under development
-so such tasks should be undertaken with great caution.
-
-Also, |\DeclareRobustCommand| should be used for encoding-independent
-commands of this type.
-
-Note that it is no longer possible to refer to the math font set-up
-outside math mode: for example, neither |\textfont 1| nor
-|\scriptfont 2| are guaranteed to be defined in other modes.
+Now the color-restore occurs after the |}| and so is \emph{not} stored in the
+box. Exactly what bad effects this can have depends on how color is
+implemented: it can range from getting the wrong colors in the rest of the
+document, to causing errors in the dvi-driver used to print the document.
+Also of interest is the command |\normalcolor|. This is normally just |\relax|
+(i.e., does nothing) but you can use it rather like |\normalfont| to set
+regions of the page such as captions or section headings to the `main document
+color'.
\subsection{General style}
\label{Sec:general}
-The new system provides many commands designed to help you produce
-well-structured class and package files that are both robust and
-portable. This section outlines some ways to make intelligent use of
-these.
+\LaTeX{} provides many commands designed to help you produce well-structured
+class and package files that are both robust and portable. This section
+outlines some ways to make intelligent use of these.
\subsubsection{Loading other files}
\label{Sec:loading}
-\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
\LaTeX{} provides these commands:
\begin{verbatim}
\LoadClass \LoadClassWithOptions
\RequirePackage \RequirePackageWithOptions
\end{verbatim}
-for using classes or packages inside other classes or packages. We
-recommend strongly that you use them, rather than the primitive
-|\input| command, for a number of reasons.
+for using classes or packages inside other classes or packages. We recommend
+strongly that you use them, rather than the primitive |\input| command, for a
+number of reasons.
-Files loaded with |\input <filename>| will not be listed in the
-|\listfiles| list.
+Files loaded with |\input <filename>| will not be listed in the |\listfiles|
+list.
-If a package is always loaded with |\RequirePackage...| or |\usepackage|
-then, even if its loading is requested several times, it will be
-loaded only once. By contrast, if it is loaded with |\input| then it
-can be loaded more than once; such an extra loading may waste time and
-memory and it may produce strange results.
+If a package is always loaded with |\RequirePackage...| or |\usepackage| then,
+even if its loading is requested several times, it will be loaded only once. By
+contrast, if it is loaded with |\input| then it can be loaded more than once;
+such an extra loading may waste time and memory and it may produce strange
+results.
-If a package provides option-processing then, again, strange results
-are possible if the package is |\input| rather than loaded by means of
+If a package provides option-processing then, again, strange results are
+possible if the package is |\input| rather than loaded by means of
|\usepackage| or |\RequirePackage...|.
-If the package |foo.sty| loads the package |baz.sty| by use of
-|\input baz.sty| then the user will get a warning:
+If the package |foo.sty| loads the package |baz.sty| by use of |\input baz.sty|
+then the user will get a warning:
\begin{verbatim}
LaTeX Warning: You have requested package `foo',
but the package provides `baz'.
\end{verbatim}
-Thus, for several reasons, using |\input| to load packages is not a
-good idea.
-
-Unfortunately, if you are upgrading the file |myclass.sty| to a class
-file then you have to make sure that any old files which contain
-|\input myclass.sty| still work.
-
-This was also true for the standard classes (|article|, |book| and
-|report|), since a lot of existing \LaTeX~2.09 document styles contain
-|\input article.sty|. The approach which we use to solve this is
-to provide minimal files |article.sty|, |book.sty| and |report.sty|,
-which simply load the appropriate class files.
+Thus, for several reasons, using |\input| to load packages is not a good idea.
For example, |article.sty| contains just the following lines:
\begin{verbatim}
@@ -407,93 +288,72 @@ For example, |article.sty| contains just the following lines:
\@obsoletefile{article.cls}{article.sty}
\LoadClass{article}
\end{verbatim}
-You may wish to do the same or, if you think that it is safe to do so,
-you may decide to just remove |myclass.sty|.
+You may wish to do the same or, if you think that it is safe to do so, you may
+decide to just remove |myclass.sty|.
\subsubsection{Make it robust}
We consider it good practice, when writing packages and classes, to use
\LaTeX{} commands as much as possible.
-Thus, instead of using |\def...| we recommend using one of
-|\newcommand|, |\renewcommand| or |\providecommand|; |\CheckCommand| is
-also useful. Doing this makes
-it less likely that you will inadvertently redefine a command, giving
-unexpected results.
+Thus, instead of using |\def...| we recommend using one of |\newcommand|,
+|\renewcommand| or |\providecommand| for programming and for defining document
+interfaces |\NewDocumentCommand|, etc. (see \texttt{usrguide} for details of
+these commands).
-When you define an environment, use |\newenvironment| or
-|\renewenvironment| instead |\def\foo{...}| and |\def\endfoo{...}|.
+When you define an environment, use |\NewDocumentEnvironment|, etc., (or
+|\newenvironment|, etc., for simple cases) instead of using |\def\foo{...}| and
+|\def\endfoo{...}|.
-If you need to set or change the value of a \m{dimen} or \m{skip}
-register, use |\setlength|.
+If you need to set or change the value of a \m{dimen} or \m{skip} register, use
+|\setlength|.
-To manipulate boxes, use \LaTeX{} commands such as |\sbox|,
-|\mbox| and |\parbox| rather than |\setbox|, |\hbox| and |\vbox|.
+To manipulate boxes, use \LaTeX{} commands such as |\sbox|, |\mbox| and
+|\parbox| rather than |\setbox|, |\hbox| and |\vbox|.
-Use |\PackageError|, |\PackageWarning| or |\PackageInfo| (or the
-equivalent class commands) rather than |\@latexerr|, |\@warning| or
-|\wlog|.
-
-It is still possible to declare options by defining |\ds@<option>| and
-calling |\@options|; but we recommend the |\DeclareOption| and
-|\ProcessOptions| commands instead. These are more powerful and use
-less memory. So rather than using:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \def\ds@draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
- \@options
-\end{verbatim}
-you should use:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \DeclareOption{draft}{\setlength{\overfullrule}{5pt}}
- \ProcessOptions\relax
-\end{verbatim}
+Use |\PackageError|, |\PackageWarning| or |\PackageInfo| (or the equivalent
+class commands) rather than |\@latexerr|, |\@warning| or |\wlog|.
-The advantage of this kind of practice is that your code is more
-readable and, more important, that it is less likely to break when
-used with future versions of \LaTeX{}.
+The advantage of this kind of practice is that your code is more readable and
+accessible to other experienced \LaTeX{} programmers.
\subsubsection{Make it portable}
-It is also sensible to make your files are as portable as possible. To
-ensure this; they should contain only visible 7-bit text; and the
-filenames should contain at most eight characters (plus the three
-letter extension). Also, of course, it \textbf{must not} have the
-same name as a file in the standard \LaTeX{} distribution, however
-similar its contents may be to one of these files.
+It is also sensible to make your files are as portable as possible. To ensure
+this, files must not have the same name as a file in the standard \LaTeX{}
+distribution, however similar its contents may be to one of these files. It is
+also still lower risk to stick to file names which use only the ASCII range:
+whilst \LaTeX{} works natively with UTF-8, the same cannot be said with
+certainty for all tools. For the same reason, avoid spaces in file names.
-It is also useful if local classes or packages have a common prefix,
-for example the University of Nowhere classes might begin with |unw|.
-This helps to avoid every University having its own thesis class, all
-called |thesis.cls|.
+It is also useful if local classes or packages have a common prefix, for
+example the University of Nowhere classes might begin with |unw|. This helps to
+avoid every University having its own thesis class, all called |thesis.cls|.
If you rely on some features of the \LaTeX{} kernel, or on a package,
please specify the release-date you need. For example, the package
-error commands were introduced in the June 1994 release so, if you use
+error commands were introduced in the June 2022 release so, if you use
them then you should put:
\begin{verbatim}
- \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01]
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2022-06-01]
\end{verbatim}
\subsubsection{Useful hooks}
-Some packages and document styles had to redefine the command
-|\document| or |\enddocument| to achieve their goal. This is no
-longer necessary. You can now use the `hooks' |\AtBeginDocument| and
-|\AtEndDocument| (see Section~\ref{Sec:delays}). Again, using these
-hooks makes it less likely that your code breaks with future versions
-of \LaTeX{}. It also makes it more likely that your package can work
-together with someone else's.
-
-\NEWdescription{1996/12/01}
-However, note that code in the |\AtBeginDocument| hook is part of the
-preamble. Thus there are restrictions on what can be put there; in
-particular, no typesetting can be done.
+It is sometimes necessary for a package to arrange for code to be
+executed at the start or end of the preamble, at the end of the document
+or at the start of every use of an environment. This can be carried
+out by using hooks. As a document author, you will likely be familiar with
+|\AtBeginDocument|, a wrapper around the more powerful command |\AddToHook|.
+The \LaTeX{} kernel provides a large number of dedicated hooks (applying in
+a pre-defined location) and generic hooks (applying to arbitrary commands):
+the interface for using these is described in \texttt{lthooks} . There are
+also hooks to apply to files, described in \texttt{ltfilehooks}.
\section{The structure of a class or package}
\label{Sec:structure}
-\LaTeXe{} classes and packages have more structure than \LaTeX~2.09
-style files did. The outline of a class or package file is:
+The outline of a class or package file is:
\begin{description}
\item[Identification] The file says that it is a \LaTeXe{} package or
class, and gives a short description of itself.
@@ -517,7 +377,7 @@ Package files do this as follows:
For example:
\begin{verbatim}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
- \ProvidesPackage{latexsym}[1994/06/01 Standard LaTeX package]
+ \ProvidesPackage{latexsym}[1998-08-17 Standard LaTeX package]
\end{verbatim}
Class files do this as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
@@ -527,40 +387,30 @@ Class files do this as follows:
For example:
\begin{verbatim}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
- \ProvidesClass{article}[1994/06/01 Standard LaTeX class]
-\end{verbatim}
-\NEWdescription{1998/06/19}
-The \m{date} should be given in the form `\textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}' and
-must be present if the optional argument is used (this is also true
-for the |\NeedsTeXFormat| command).
-Any derivation from this syntax will result in low-level \TeX{}
-errors---the commands expect a valid syntax to speed up the daily
-usage of the package or class and make no provision for the case that
-the developer made a mistake!
-
-This date is checked whenever a user specifies a date in their
-|\documentclass| or |\usepackage| command. For example, if you wrote:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \documentclass{article}[1995/12/23]
-\end{verbatim}
-then users at a different location
-would get a warning that their copy of |article| was out of
-date.
-
-The description of a class is displayed when the class is used. The
-description of a package is put into the log file. These descriptions
-are also displayed by the |\listfiles| command. The phrase
-\texttt{Standard LaTeX} \textbf{must not} be used in the identification
-banner of any file other than those in the standard \LaTeX{}
-distribution.
+ \ProvidesClass{article}[2022-06-01 Standard LaTeX class]
+\end{verbatim}
+The \m{date} should be given in the form `\textsc{yyyy-mm-dd}' and must be
+present if the optional argument is used (this is also true for the
+|\NeedsTeXFormat| command). Any derivation from this syntax will result in
+low-level \TeX{} errors---the commands expect a valid syntax to speed up the
+daily usage of the package or class and make no provision for the case that the
+developer made a mistake!
+This date is checked whenever a user specifies a date in their |\documentclass|
+or |\usepackage| command. For example, if you wrote:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass{article}[2022-06-01]
+\end{verbatim}
+then users at a different location would get a warning that their copy of
+|article| was out of date.
-\subsection{Using classes and packages}
+The description of a class is displayed when the class is used. The description
+of a package is put into the log file. These descriptions are also displayed by
+the |\listfiles| command. The phrase \texttt{Standard LaTeX} \textbf{must not}
+be used in the identification banner of any file other than those in the
+standard \LaTeX{} distribution.
-The first major difference between \LaTeX~2.09 style files and
-\LaTeXe{} packages and classes is that \LaTeXe{} supports
-\emph{modularity}, in the sense of building files from small
-building-blocks rather than using large single files.
+\subsection{Using classes and packages}
A \LaTeX{} package or class can load a package as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
@@ -568,13 +418,12 @@ A \LaTeX{} package or class can load a package as follows:
\end{verbatim}
For example:
\begin{verbatim}
- \RequirePackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01]
+ \RequirePackage{ifthen}[2022-06-01]
\end{verbatim}
-This command has the same syntax as the author command |\usepackage|.
-It allows packages or classes to use features provided by other
-packages. For example, by loading the |ifthen| package, a package
-writer can use the `if\dots then\dots else\dots' commands provided
-by that package.
+This command has the same syntax as the author command |\usepackage|. It allows
+packages or classes to use features provided by other packages. For example, by
+loading the |ifthen| package, a package writer can use the `if\dots then\dots
+else\dots' commands provided by that package.
A \LaTeX{} class can load one other class as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
@@ -584,13 +433,12 @@ For example:
\begin{verbatim}
\LoadClass[twocolumn]{article}
\end{verbatim}
-This command has the same syntax as the author command |\documentclass|.
-It allows classes to be based on the syntax and appearance of another
-class. For example, by loading the |article| class, a class writer
-only has to change the bits of |article| they don't like, rather than
-writing a new class from scratch.
+This command has the same syntax as the author command |\documentclass|. It
+allows classes to be based on the syntax and appearance of another class. For
+example, by loading the |article| class, a class writer only has to change the
+bits of |article| they don't like, rather than writing a new class from
+scratch.
-\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
The following commands can be used in the common case that you want to
simply load a class or package file with exactly those options that
are being used by the current class.
@@ -606,14 +454,20 @@ For example:
\subsection{Declaring options}
-\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
-The other major difference between \LaTeX~2.09 styles and \LaTeXe{}
-packages and classes is in option handling. Packages and classes can
-now declare options and these can be specified by authors; for
-example, the |twocolumn| option is declared by the |article| class.
-Note that the name of an option should contain only those characters
-allowed in a `\LaTeX{} name'; in particular it must not contain any
-control sequences.
+Packages and classes can declare options and these can be specified by authors;
+for example, the |twocolumn| option is declared by the |article| class. Note
+that the name of an option should contain only those characters allowed in a
+`\LaTeX{} name'; in particular it must not contain any control sequences.
+
+\LaTeX{} supports two methods for creating options: a key--value system and a
+`simple text' approach. The key--value system is recommended for new classes
+and packages, and is more flexible in handling of option classes than the
+simple text approach. Both option methods use the same basic structure within
+the \LaTeX{} source: declaration of options first then processing options in a
+second step. Both also allow options to be passed on to other packages or an
+underlying class. As the `classical' simple text approach is conceptually more
+straight-forward to illustrate, it is used here to show the general structure:
+see Section~\ref{Sec:opt:keyval} for full details of the key--value approach.
An option is declared as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
@@ -624,63 +478,58 @@ to the |graphics| package is implemented as:
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption{dvips}{\input{dvips.def}}
\end{verbatim}
-This means that when an author writes |\usepackage[dvips]{graphics}|,
-the file |dvips.def| is loaded. As another example, the |a4paper|
-option is declared in the |article| class to set the |\paperheight|
-and |\paperwidth| lengths:
+This means that when an author writes |\usepackage[dvips]{graphics}|, the file
+|dvips.def| is loaded. As another example, the |a4paper| option is declared in
+the |article| class to set the |\paperheight| and |\paperwidth| lengths:
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption{a4paper}{%
\setlength{\paperheight}{297mm}%
\setlength{\paperwidth}{210mm}%
}
\end{verbatim}
-Sometimes a user will request an option which the class
-or package has not explicitly declared. By default this will produce
-a warning (for classes) or error (for packages); this behaviour
-can be altered as follows:
+Sometimes a user will request an option which the class or package has not
+explicitly declared. By default this will produce a warning (for classes) or
+error (for packages); this behaviour can be altered as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption*{<code>}
\end{verbatim}
-For example, to make the package |fred| produce a warning rather than
-an error for unknown options, you could specify:
+For example, to make the package |fred| produce a warning rather than an error
+for unknown options, you could specify:
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption*{%
\PackageWarning{fred}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}%
}
\end{verbatim}
-Then, if an author writes |\usepackage[foo]{fred}|, they will get a
-warning \texttt{Package fred Warning: Unknown option `foo'.} As
-another example, the |fontenc| package tries to load a file
-|<ENC>enc.def| whenever the \m{ENC} option is used. This
-can be done by writing:
+Then, if an author writes |\usepackage[foo]{fred}|, they will get a warning
+\texttt{Package fred Warning: Unknown option `foo'.} As another example, the
+|fontenc| package tries to load a file |<ENC>enc.def| whenever the \m{ENC}
+option is used. This can be done by writing:
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption*{%
\input{\CurrentOption enc.def}%
}
\end{verbatim}
-\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
-It is possible to pass options on to another package or class, using
-the command |\PassOptionsToPackage| or |\PassOptionsToClass| (note
-that this is a specialised operation that works only for option
-names). For example, to pass every unknown option on to the |article|
-class, you can use:
+
+It is possible to pass options on to another package or class, using the
+command |\PassOptionsToPackage| or |\PassOptionsToClass| (note that this is a
+specialised operation that works only for option names): see
+Section~\ref{Sec:opmove}. For example, to pass every unknown option on to the
+|article| class, you can use:
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption*{%
\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
}
\end{verbatim}
-If you do this then you should make sure you load the class at some
-later point, otherwise the options will never be processed!
+If you do this then you should make sure you load the class at some later
+point, otherwise the options will never be processed!
-So far, we have explained only how to declare options, not how to
-execute them. To process the options with which the file was called,
-you should use:
+So far, we have explained only how to declare options, not how to execute them.
+To process the options with which the file was called, you should use:
\begin{verbatim}
\ProcessOptions\relax
\end{verbatim}
-This executes the \m{code} for each option that was both specified and
-declared (see Section~\ref{Sec:commands.options} for details of how
-this is done).
+This executes the \m{code} for each option that was both specified and declared
+(see Section~\ref{Sec:commands.options} for details of how this is done).
For example, if the |jane| package file contains:
\begin{verbatim}
@@ -689,8 +538,8 @@ For example, if the |jane| package file contains:
\DeclareOption*{\typeout{What's \CurrentOption?}}
\ProcessOptions\relax
\end{verbatim}
-and an author writes |\usepackage[foo,bar]{jane}|, then they will see
-the messages \texttt{Saw foo.} and \texttt{What's bar?}
+and an author writes |\usepackage[foo,bar]{jane}|, then they will see the
+messages \texttt{Saw foo.} and \texttt{What's bar?}
\subsection{A minimal class file}
@@ -698,9 +547,6 @@ Most of the work of a class or package is in defining new commands, or
changing the appearance of documents. This is done in the body of the
package, using commands such as |\newcommand| or |\setlength|.
-\LaTeXe{} provides several new commands to help class and package
-writers; these are described in detail in Section~\ref{Sec:commands}.
-
There are four things that every class file \emph{must} contain: these
are a definition of |\normalsize|, values for |\textwidth| and
|\textheight| and a specification for page-numbering. So a minimal
@@ -708,7 +554,7 @@ document class file\footnote {This class is now in the standard
distribution, as \texttt{minimal.cls}.} looks like this:
\begin{verbatim}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
- \ProvidesClass{minimal}[1995/10/30 Standard LaTeX minimal class]
+ \ProvidesClass{minimal}[2022-06-01 Standard LaTeX minimal class]
\renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
\setlength{\textwidth}{6.5in}
\setlength{\textheight}{8in}
@@ -728,18 +574,17 @@ class, although a real class would need more structure.
The class begins by announcing itself as |neplet.cls|.
\begin{verbatim}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
- \ProvidesClass{neplet}[1995/04/01 NonExistent Press letter class]
+ \ProvidesClass{neplet}[2022-06-01 NonExistent Press letter class]
\end{verbatim}
-Then this next bit passes any options on to the |letter| class, which
-is loaded with the |a4paper| option.
+Then this next bit passes any options on to the |letter| class, which is loaded
+with the |a4paper| option.
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{letter}}
\ProcessOptions\relax
\LoadClass[a4paper]{letter}
\end{verbatim}
-In order to use the company letter head, it redefines the
-|firstpage| page style: this is the page style that is used on
-the first page of letters.
+In order to use the company letter head, it redefines the |firstpage| page
+style: this is the page style that is used on the first page of letters.
\begin{verbatim}
\renewcommand{\ps@firstpage}{%
\renewcommand{\@oddhead}{<letterhead goes here>}%
@@ -751,17 +596,16 @@ And that's it!
\subsection{Example: a newsletter class}
A simple newsletter can be typeset with \LaTeX{}, using a variant of the
-|article| class.
-The class begins by announcing itself as |smplnews.cls|.
+|article| class. The class begins by announcing itself as |smplnews.cls|.
\begin{verbatim}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
- \ProvidesClass{smplnews}[1995/04/01 The Simple News newsletter class]
+ \ProvidesClass{smplnews}[2022-06-01 The Simple News newsletter class]
\newcommand{\headlinecolor}{\normalcolor}
\end{verbatim}
-It passes most specified options on to the |article| class: apart from
-the |onecolumn| option, which is switched off, and the |green| option,
-which sets the headline in green.
+It passes most specified options on to the |article| class: apart from the
+|onecolumn| option, which is switched off, and the |green| option, which sets
+the headline in green.
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\OptionNotUsed}
\DeclareOption{green}{\renewcommand{\headlinecolor}{\color{green}}}
@@ -774,14 +618,14 @@ It then loads the class |article| with the option |twocolumn|.
\begin{verbatim}
\LoadClass[twocolumn]{article}
\end{verbatim}
-Since the newsletter is to be printed in colour, it now loads the
-|color| package. The class does not specify a device driver option
-since this should be specified by the user of the |smplnews| class.
+Since the newsletter is to be printed in colour, it now loads the |color|
+package. The class does not specify a device driver option since this should be
+specified by the user of the |smplnews| class.
\begin{verbatim}
\RequirePackage{color}
\end{verbatim}
-The class then redefines |\maketitle| to produce the title in 72pt
-Helvetica bold oblique, in the appropriate colour.
+The class then redefines |\maketitle| to produce the title in 72\,pt Helvetica
+bold oblique, in the appropriate colour.
\begin{verbatim}
\renewcommand{\maketitle}{%
\twocolumn[%
@@ -807,90 +651,91 @@ It also sets the three essential things.
\setlength{\textwidth}{17.5cm}
\setlength{\textheight}{25cm}
\end{verbatim}
-In practice, a class would need more than this: it would provide
-commands for issue numbers, authors of articles, page styles and so
-on; but this skeleton gives a start. The |ltnews| class file is not
-much more complex than this one.
+In practice, a class would need more than this: it would provide commands for
+issue numbers, authors of articles, page styles and so on; but this skeleton
+gives a start. The |ltnews| class file is not much more complex than this one.
\section{Commands for class and package writers}
\label{Sec:commands}
-This section describes briefly each of the new commands for class and
-package writers. To find out about other aspects of the new system,
+This section describes briefly each of the commands for class and package
+writers. To find out about other aspects of the system,
you should also read \emph{\LaTeXbook}, \emph{\LaTeXcomp} and
\emph{\usrguide}.
\subsection{Identification}
-The first group of commands discussed here are those used
-to identify your class or package file.
+The first group of commands discussed here are those used to identify your
+class or package file.
\begin{decl}
|\NeedsTeXFormat| \arg{format-name} \oarg{release-date}
\end{decl}
-This command tells \TeX{} that this file should be processed using a
-format with name \m{format-name}. You can use the optional argument
-\m{release-date} to further specify the earliest release date of the
-format that is needed. When the release date of the format is older
-than the one specified a warning will be generated. The standard
-\m{format-name} is \texttt{LaTeX2e}. The date, if present, must be in
-the form \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}.
+This command tells \TeX{} that this file should be processed using a format
+with name \m{format-name}. You can use the optional argument \m{release-date}
+to further specify the earliest release date of the format that is needed. When
+the release date of the format is older than the one specified a warning will
+be generated. The standard \m{format-name} is \texttt{LaTeX2e}. The date, if
+present, must be in the form \textsc{yyyy-mm-dd}.
Example:
\begin{verbatim}
- \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01]
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2022-06-01]
\end{verbatim}
+People often don't know what date to put here. For the kernel, you can find out
+the right one by consulting |changes.txt| and select the release date of a new
+feature you are interested in. This is slightly different for packages as they
+are released throughout the year: you will need to consult their change
+history.
\begin{decl}
|\ProvidesClass| \arg{class-name} \oarg{release-info} \\
|\ProvidesPackage| \arg{package-name} \oarg{release-info}
\end{decl}
-This declares that the current file contains the definitions for the
-document class \m{class-name} or package \m{package-name}.
+This declares that the current file contains the definitions for the document
+class \m{class-name} or package \m{package-name}.
The optional \m{release-info}, if used, must contain:
\begin{itemize}
- \item the release date of
- this version of the file, in the form \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd};
+ \item the release date of this version of the file, in the form
+ \textsc{yyyy-mm-dd};
\item optionally followed by a space and a short description, possibly
including a version number.
\end{itemize}
-The above syntax must be followed exactly so that this information
-can be used by |\LoadClass| or |\documentclass| (for classes) or
-|\RequirePackage| or |\usepackage| (for packages) to test that the
-release is not too old.
+The above syntax must be followed exactly so that this information can be used
+by |\LoadClass| or |\documentclass| (for classes) or |\RequirePackage| or
+|\usepackage| (for packages) to test that the release is not too old.
-The whole of this \m{release-info} information is displayed by
-|\listfiles| and should therefore not be too long.
+The whole of this \m{release-info} information is displayed by |\listfiles| and
+should therefore not be too long.
Example:
\begin{verbatim}
- \ProvidesClass{article}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX class]
- \ProvidesPackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX package]
+ \ProvidesClass{article}[2022-06-01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX class]
+ \ProvidesPackage{ifthen}[2022-06-01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX package]
\end{verbatim}
\begin{decl}
|\ProvidesFile| \arg{file-name} \oarg{release-info}
\end{decl}
This is similar to the two previous commands except that here the full
-filename, including the extension, must be given. It is used for
-declaring any files other than main class and package files.
+filename, including the extension, must be given. It is used for declaring any
+files other than main class and package files.
Example:
\begin{verbatim}
- \ProvidesFile{T1enc.def}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX file]
+ \ProvidesFile{T1enc.def}[2022-06-01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX file]
\end{verbatim}
-Note that the phrase \texttt{Standard LaTeX} \textbf{must not} be used
-in the identification banner of any file other than those in the
-standard \LaTeX{} distribution.
+Note that the phrase \texttt{Standard LaTeX} \textbf{must not} be used in the
+identification banner of any file other than those in the standard \LaTeX{}
+distribution.
\subsection{Loading files}
\label{Sec:loadf}
-\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
-This group of commands can be used to create your own document class or
-package by building on existing classes or packages.
+This group of commands can be used to create your own document class or package
+by building on existing classes or packages.
\begin{decl}
|\RequirePackage| \oarg{options-list} \arg{package-name}
\oarg{release-info}\\
@@ -899,13 +744,11 @@ package by building on existing classes or packages.
\end{decl}
Packages and classes should use these commands to load other packages.
-The use of |\RequirePackage| is the same as the author command
-|\usepackage|.
-
+The use of |\RequirePackage| is the same as the author command |\usepackage|.
Examples:
\begin{verbatim}
- \RequirePackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01]
- \RequirePackageWithOptions{graphics}[1995/12/01]
+ \RequirePackage{ifthen}[2022-06-01]
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions{graphics}[2022-06-01]
\end{verbatim}
\begin{decl}
@@ -914,107 +757,153 @@ Examples:
|\LoadClassWithOptions| \arg{class-name}
\oarg{release-info}
\end{decl}
-\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
-These commands are for use \emph{only} in class files, they cannot be
-used in packages files;
-they can be used at most once within a class file.
+These commands are for use \emph{only} in class files, they cannot be used in
+packages files; they can be used at most once within a class file.
-The use of |\LoadClass| is the same as
-the use of |\documentclass| to load a class file.
+The use of |\LoadClass| is the same as the use of |\documentclass| to load a
+class file.
Examples:
\begin{verbatim}
- \LoadClass{article}[1994/06/01]
- \LoadClassWithOptions{article}[1995/12/01]
+ \LoadClass{article}[2022-06-01]
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{article}[2022-06-01]
\end{verbatim}
-\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
-The two |WithOptions| versions simply load the class (or package) file
-with exactly those options that are being used by the current file
-(class or package). See below, in \ref{Sec:opmove}, for further
-discussion of their use.
-
+The two |WithOptions| versions simply load the class (or package) file with
+exactly those options that are being used by the current file (class or
+package). See below, in \ref{Sec:opmove}, for further discussion of their use.
-\subsection{Option declaration}
-\label{Sec:commands.options.dec}
+\subsection{Delaying code}
+\label{Sec:delays}
-\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
-The following commands deal with the declaration and handling of
-options to document classes and packages. Every option name must be a
-`\LaTeX{} name'.
+As noted earlier, a sophisticated hook system is available and described in
+\texttt{lthooks}. Here, we document a small set of convenient short names for
+common hooks.
-There are some commands designed especially for use within the
-\m{code} argument of these commands (see below).
+These first two commands are also intended primarily for use within the
+\m{code} argument of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|.
\begin{decl}
- |\DeclareOption| \arg{option-name} \arg{code}
+ |\AtEndOfClass| \arg{code}\\
+ |\AtEndOfPackage| \arg{code}
\end{decl}
-This makes \m{option-name} a `declared option' of the class or package
-in which it is put.
-
-The \m{code} argument contains the code to be executed if that option
-is specified for the class or package; it can contain any valid
-\LaTeXe{} construct.
+These commands declare \m{code} that is saved away internally and then executed
+after processing the whole of the current class or package file.
-Example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue}
-\end{verbatim}
+Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the arguments is
+stored (and later executed) in the order of their declarations.
\begin{decl}
- |\DeclareOption*| \arg{code}
+ |\AtBeginDocument| \arg{code}\\
+ |\AtEndDocument| \arg{code}
\end{decl}
-This declares the \m{code} to be executed for every option which is
-specified for, but otherwise not explicitly declared by, the class or
-package; this code is called the `default option code' and it can
-contain any valid \LaTeXe{} construct.
+These commands declare \m{code} to be saved internally and executed while
+\LaTeX{} is executing |\begin{document}| or |\end{document}|.
-If a class file contains no |\DeclareOption*| then, by default, all
-specified but undeclared options for that class will be silently
-passed to all packages (as will the specified and declared options for
-that class).
+The \m{code} specified in the argument to |\AtBeginDocument| is executed near
+the end of the |\begin{document}| code, \emph{after} the font selection tables
+have been set up. It is therefore a useful place to put code which needs to be
+executed after everything has been prepared for typesetting and when the normal
+font for the document is the current font.
-If a package file contains no |\DeclareOption*| then, by default, each
-specified but undeclared option for that package will produce an error.
+The |\AtBeginDocument| hook should not be used for code that does any
+typesetting since the typeset result would be unpredictable.
+The \m{code} specified in the argument to |\AtEndDocument| is executed at the
+beginning of the |\end{document}| code, \emph{before} the final page is
+finished and before any leftover floating environments are processed. If some
+of the \m{code} is to be executed after these two processes, you should include
+a |\clearpage| at the appropriate point in \m{code}.
-\subsection{Commands within option code}
-\label{Sec:within.code}
+Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the arguments is
+stored (and later executed) in the order of their declarations.
+
+\subsection{Creating and using keyval options}
+\label{Sec:opt:keyval}
-These two commands can be used only within the \m{code} argument of
-either |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|. Other commands commonly
-used within these arguments can be found in the next few subsections.
+As with any key--value input, using key--value pairs as package or class
+options has two parts: creating the key options and setting (using) them.
+Options created in this way \emph{may} be used after package loading as general
+key--value settings: this will depend on the nature of the underlying code.
\begin{decl}
- |\CurrentOption|
+ |\DeclareKeys| \oarg{family} \arg{declarations}
\end{decl}
-This expands to the name of the current option.
+This command creates a series of options from a comma-separated
+\m{declarations} list. Each entry in this list is a key--value pair, with the
+\m{key} having one or more \m{properties}. A small number of `basic'
+\m{properties} are described below. The full range of properties, provided by
+\texttt{l3keys}, can also be used for more powerful processing. See
+\texttt{interface3} for the full details.
+
+The basic properties provided here are
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \texttt{.code} --- execute arbitrary code
+ \item \texttt{.if} --- sets a \TeX{} |\if...| switch
+ \item \texttt{.ifnot} --- sets an inverted \TeX{} |\if...| switch
+ \item \texttt{.store} --- stores a value in a macro
+ \item \texttt{.usage} -- defines whether the option can be given only
+ when loading (\texttt{load}), in the preamble (\texttt{preamble}) or
+ has no limitation on scope (\texttt{general})
+\end{itemize}
+The part of the \meta{key} before the \m{property} is the \m{name}, with the
+\m{value} working with the \m{property} to define the behaviour of the option.
+
+For example, with
+\begin{verbatim}
+\DeclareKeys[mypkg]
+ {
+ draft.if = @mypkg@draft ,
+ draft.usage = preamble ,
+ name.store = \@mypkg@name ,
+ name.usage = load ,
+ second-name.store = \@mypkg@other@name
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+three options would be created. The option \texttt{draft} can be given anywhere
+in the preamble, and will set a switch called |\if@mypkg@draft|. The option
+\texttt{name} can only be given during package loading, and will save whatever
+value it is given in |\@mypkg@name|. Finally, the option \texttt{second-name}
+can be given anywhere, and will save its value in |\@mypkg@other@name|.
+
+Keys created \emph{before} the use of |\ProcessKeyOptions| act as package
+options.
\begin{decl}
- |\OptionNotUsed|
+ |\DeclareUnknownKeyHandler| \oarg{family} \arg{code}
\end{decl}
-This causes the current option to
-be added to the list of `unused options'.
+The command |\DeclareUnknownKeyHandler| may be used to define the behavior when
+an undefined key is encountered. The \m{code} will receive the unknown key name
+as |#1| and the value as |#2|. These can then be processed as appropriate,
+e.g.~by forwarding to another package.
-\NEWfeature{1995/06/01}
- You can now include hash marks (\texttt{\#}) within these \m{code}
- arguments without special treatment (formerly, it had been
- necessary to double them).
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ProcessKeyOptions| \oarg{family}
+\end{decl}
+The |\ProcessKeyOptions| function is used to check the current option list
+against the keys defined for \m{family}. Global (class) options and local
+(package) options are checked when this function is called in a package.
-\subsection{Moving options around}
+\begin{decl}
+ |\SetKeys| \oarg{family} \arg{keyvals}
+\end{decl}
+Sets (applies) the explicit list of \m{keyvals} for the \m{family}: if the
+latter is not given, the value of |\@currname| is used. This command may be used
+within a package to set options before or after using |\ProcessKeyOptions|.
+
+\subsection{Passing options around}
\label{Sec:opmove}
-These two commands are also very useful within the \m{code} argument
-of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|:
+These two commands are also very useful within the \m{code} argument of
+options.
\begin{decl}
|\PassOptionsToPackage| \arg{options-list} \arg{package-name}\\
|\PassOptionsToClass| \arg{options-list} \arg{class-name}
\end{decl}
-The command |\PassOptionsToPackage| passes the option names in
-\m{options-list} to package \m{package-name}.
-This means that it adds the \m{option-list} to the
-list of options used by any future |\RequirePackage| or |\usepackage|
-command for package \m{package-name}.
+The command |\PassOptionsToPackage| passes the option names in \m{options-list}
+to package \m{package-name}. This means that it adds the \m{option-list} to the
+list of options used by any future |\RequirePackage| or |\usepackage| command
+for package \m{package-name}.
Example:
\begin{verbatim}
@@ -1026,24 +915,22 @@ is the same as:
\RequirePackage[foo,bar,baz]{fred}
\end{verbatim}
-Similarly, |\PassOptionsToClass| may be used in a class file to pass
-options to another class to be loaded with |\LoadClass|.
+Similarly, |\PassOptionsToClass| may be used in a class file to pass options to
+another class to be loaded with |\LoadClass|.
-\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
-The effects and use of these two commands should be contrasted with
-those of the following two (documented above, in \ref{Sec:loadf}):
+The effects and use of these two commands should be contrasted with those of
+the following two (documented above, in \ref{Sec:loadf}):
\begin{verbatim}
\LoadClassWithOptions
\RequirePackageWithOptions
\end{verbatim}
-The command |\RequirePackageWithOptions| is similar to
-|\RequirePackage|, but it always loads the required package with
-exactly the same option list as that being used by the current class
-or package, rather than with any option explicitly supplied or passed
-on by |\PassOptionsToPackage|.
+The command |\RequirePackageWithOptions| is similar to |\RequirePackage|, but
+it always loads the required package with exactly the same option list as that
+being used by the current class or package, rather than with any option
+explicitly supplied or passed on by |\PassOptionsToPackage|.
-The main purpose of |\LoadClassWithOptions| is to allow one class to
-simply build on another, for example:
+The main purpose of |\LoadClassWithOptions| is to allow one class to simply
+build on another, for example:
\begin{verbatim}
\LoadClassWithOptions{article}
\end{verbatim}
@@ -1053,12 +940,11 @@ This should be compared with the slightly different construction
\ProcessOptions\relax
\LoadClass{article}
\end{verbatim}
-As used above, the effects are more or less the same, but the first is
-a lot less to type; also the |\LoadClassWithOptions| method runs
-slightly quicker.
+As used above, the effects are more or less the same, but the first is a lot
+less to type; also the |\LoadClassWithOptions| method runs slightly quicker.
-If, however, the class declares options of its own then
-the two constructions are different. Compare, for example:
+If, however, the class declares options of its own then the two constructions
+are different. Compare, for example:
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption{landscape}{\@landscapetrue}
\ProcessOptions\relax
@@ -1071,255 +957,56 @@ with:
\ProcessOptions\relax
\LoadClass{article}
\end{verbatim}
-In the first example, the \textsf{article} class will be loaded with
-option |landscape| precisely when the current class is called with
-this option. By contrast, in the second example it will never be
-called with option \texttt{landscape} as in that case \textsf{article}
-is passed options only by the default option handler, but this handler
-is not used for |landscape| because that option is explicitly
-declared.
-
-\subsection{Delaying code}
-\label{Sec:delays}
-
-These first two commands are also intended primarily for use within
-the \m{code} argument of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|.
-
-\begin{decl}
- |\AtEndOfClass| \arg{code}\\
- |\AtEndOfPackage| \arg{code}
-\end{decl}
-These commands declare \m{code} that is saved away internally and then
-executed after processing the whole of the current class or package
-file.
-
-Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the
-arguments is stored (and later executed) in the order of their
-declarations.
-
-\begin{decl}
- |\AtBeginDocument| \arg{code}\\
- |\AtEndDocument| \arg{code}
-\end{decl}
-These commands declare \m{code} to be saved internally and executed
-while \LaTeX{} is executing |\begin{document}| or |\end{document}|.
-
-The \m{code} specified in the argument to |\AtBeginDocument| is
-executed near the end of the |\begin{document}| code, \emph{after} the
-font selection tables have been set up. It is therefore a useful
-place to put code which needs to be executed after everything has been
-prepared for typesetting and when the normal font for the document is
-the current font.
-
-\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
-The |\AtBeginDocument| hook should not be used for code that does any
-typesetting since the typeset result would be unpredictable.
-
-The \m{code} specified in the argument to |\AtEndDocument| is
-executed at the beginning of the |\end{document}| code,
-\emph{before} the final page is finished and before any leftover
-floating environments are processed. If some of the \m{code} is to be
-executed after these two processes, you should include a |\clearpage|
-at the appropriate point in \m{code}.
-
-Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the
-arguments is stored (and later executed) in the order of their
-declarations.
-
-\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
- |\AtBeginDvi| \arg{specials}
-\end{decl}
-These commands save in a box register things which are written to the
-|.dvi| file at the beginning of the `shipout' of the first page of the
-document.
-
-This should not be used for anything that will add any typeset
-material to the |.dvi| file.
-
-Repeated use of this command is permitted.
-
-
-\subsection{Option processing}
-\label{Sec:commands.options}
-
-\begin{decl}
- |\ProcessOptions|
-\end{decl}
-This command executes the \m{code} for each selected option.
-
-We shall first describe how |\ProcessOptions| works in a package file,
-and then how this differs in a class file.
-
-To understand in detail what |\ProcessOptions| does in a package file,
-you have to know the difference between \emph{local} and \emph{global}
-options.
-\begin{itemize}
-\item \textbf{Local options} are those which have been explicitly
- specified for this particular package in the \m{options} argument of
- any of these:
-\begin{quote}
- |\PassOptionsToPackage{<options>}| \ |\usepackage[<options>]|\\
- |\RequirePackage[<options>]|
-\end{quote}
-\item \textbf{Global options} are any other options that are specified
- by the author in the \m{options} argument of
- |\documentclass[<options>]|.
-\end{itemize}
-For example, suppose that a document begins:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \documentclass[german,twocolumn]{article}
- \usepackage{gerhardt}
-\end{verbatim}
-whilst package |gerhardt| calls package |fred| with:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \PassOptionsToPackage{german,dvips,a4paper}{fred}
- \RequirePackage[errorshow]{fred}
-\end{verbatim}
-then:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item |fred|'s local options are |german|, |dvips|, |a4paper|
- and |errorshow|;
-\item |fred|'s only global option is |twocolumn|.
-\end{itemize}
-
-When |\ProcessOptions| is called, the following happen.
-\begin{itemize}
-\item \emph{First}, for each option so far declared in |fred.sty|
- by |\DeclareOption|, it looks to see if that option is either a
- global or a local option for |fred|: if it is then the corresponding
- code is executed.
-
- This is done in the order in which these options
- were declared in |fred.sty|.
-\item \emph{Then}, for each remaining \emph{local} option, the command
- |\ds@<option>| is executed if it has been defined somewhere (other
- than by a |\DeclareOption|); otherwise, the `default option code' is
- executed. If no default option code has been declared then an error
- message is produced.
-
- This is done in the order in which these
- options were specified.
-\end{itemize}
-Throughout this process, the system ensures that the code declared for
-an option is executed at most once.
-
-Returning to the example, if |fred.sty| contains:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \DeclareOption{dvips}{\typeout{DVIPS}}
- \DeclareOption{german}{\typeout{GERMAN}}
- \DeclareOption{french}{\typeout{FRENCH}}
- \DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{fred}{Unknown `\CurrentOption'}}
- \ProcessOptions\relax
-\end{verbatim}
-then the result of processing this document will be:
-\begin{verbatim}
- DVIPS
- GERMAN
- Package fred Warning: Unknown `a4paper'.
- Package fred Warning: Unknown `errorshow'.
-\end{verbatim}
-Note the following:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item the code for the |dvips| option is executed before that for the
- |german| option, because that is the order in which they are declared
- in |fred.sty|;
-\item the code for the |german| option is executed only once, when the
- declared options are being processed;
-\item the |a4paper| and |errorshow| options produce the warning from
- the code declared by |\DeclareOption*| (in the order in which they
- were specified), whilst the |twocolumn| option does not: this is
- because |twocolumn| is a global option.
-\end{itemize}
-
-In a class file, |\ProcessOptions| works in the same way, except
-that: \emph{all} options are local; and the default value for
-|\DeclareOption*| is |\OptionNotUsed| rather than an error.
-
-\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
-Note that, because |\ProcessOptions| has a |*|-form, it is wise to
-follow the non-star form with |\relax|, as in the previous examples,
-since this prevents unnecessary look ahead and possibly misleading
-error messages being issued.
-
-\begin{decl}
- |\ProcessOptions*| \\
- |\@options|
-\end{decl}
-This is like |\ProcessOptions| but it executes the options in the
-order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order of
-declaration in the class or package. For a package this means that the
-global options are processed first.
-
-The |\@options| command from \LaTeX~2.09 has been made equivalent to
-this in order to ease the task of updating old document styles to
-\LaTeXe{} class files.
-
-\begin{decl}
- |\ExecuteOptions| \arg{options-list}
-\end{decl}
-
-For each option in the \m{options-list}, in order,
-this command simply executes the command
-|\ds@<option>| (if this command is not defined, then that option is
-silently ignored).
-
-It can be used to provide a `default option list' just before
-|\ProcessOptions|. For example, suppose that in a class file you want
-to set up the default design to be: two-sided printing; 11pt fonts;
-in two columns. Then it could specify:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \ExecuteOptions{11pt,twoside,twocolumn}
-\end{verbatim}
-
+In the first example, the \textsf{article} class will be loaded with option
+|landscape| precisely when the current class is called with this option. By
+contrast, in the second example it will never be called with option |landscape|
+as in that case \textsf{article} is passed options only by the default option
+handler, but this handler is not used for |landscape| because that option is
+explicitly declared.
\subsection{Safe file commands}
-These commands deal with file input; they ensure that the non-existence
-of a requested file can be handled in a user-friendly way.
+These commands deal with file input; they ensure that the non-existence of a
+requested file can be handled in a user-friendly way.
\begin{decl}
|\IfFileExists| \arg{file-name} \arg{true} \arg{false}
\end{decl}
-If the file exists then the code specified in \m{true} is
-executed.
+If the file exists then the code specified in \m{true} is executed.
-If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is
-executed.
+If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is executed.
This command does \emph{not} input the file.
\begin{decl}
|\InputIfFileExists| \arg{file-name} \arg{true} \arg{false}
\end{decl}
-This inputs the file \m{file-name} if it exists and, immediately
-before the input, the code specified in \m{true} is executed.
+This inputs the file \m{file-name} if it exists and, immediately before the
+input, the code specified in \m{true} is executed.
-If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is
-executed.
+If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is executed.
It is implemented using |\IfFileExists|.
-
\subsection{Reporting errors, etc}
-These commands should be used by third party classes and packages to
-report errors, or to provide information to authors.
+These commands should be used by third party classes and packages to report
+errors, or to provide information to authors.
\begin{decl}
|\ClassError| \arg{class-name} \arg{error-text} \arg{help-text}\\
|\PackageError| \arg{package-name} \arg{error-text} \arg{help-text}
\end{decl}
-These produce an error message. The \m{error-text} is displayed and the
-|?| error prompt is shown. If the user types |h|, they will be shown
-the \m{help-text}.
+These produce an error message. The \m{error-text} is displayed and the |?|
+error prompt is shown. If the user types |h|, they will be shown the
+\m{help-text}.
-Within the \m{error-text} and \m{help-text}: |\protect| can be used to
-stop a command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break;
-and |\space| prints a space.
+Within the \m{error-text} and \m{help-text}: |\protect| can be used to stop a
+command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break; and |\space|
+prints a space.
-Note that the \m{error-text} will have a full stop added to it, so do
-not put one into the argument.
+Note that the \m{error-text} will have a full stop added to it, so do not put
+one into the argument.
For example:
\begin{verbatim}
@@ -1354,96 +1041,22 @@ If the user types |h|, this will be shown:
|\ClassInfo| \arg{class-name} \arg{info-text}\\
|\PackageInfo| \arg{package-name} \arg{info-text}
\end{decl}
-The four |Warning| commands are similar to the error commands, except
-that they produce only a warning on the screen, with no error prompt.
+The four |Warning| commands are similar to the error commands, except that they
+produce only a warning on the screen, with no error prompt.
-The first two, |Warning| versions, also show the line number where the
-warning occurred, whilst the second two, |WarningNoLine| versions, do
-not.
+The first two, |Warning| versions, also show the line number where the warning
+occurred, whilst the second two, |WarningNoLine| versions, do not.
-The two |Info| commands are similar except that they log the
-information only in the transcript file, including the line number.
-There are no |NoLine| versions of these two.
+The two |Info| commands are similar except that they log the information only
+in the transcript file, including the line number. There are no |NoLine|
+versions of these two.
-Within the \m{warning-text} and \m{info-text}: |\protect| can be used to
-stop a command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break;
-and |\space| prints a space.
-Also, these should not end with a full stop as one is
+Within the \m{warning-text} and \m{info-text}: |\protect| can be used to stop a
+command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break; and |\space|
+prints a space. Also, these should not end with a full stop as one is
automatically added.
-
-\subsection{Defining commands}
-\label{Sec:commands.define}
-
-\LaTeXe{} provides some extra methods of (re)defining commands that are
-intended for use in class and package files.
-
-\NEWfeature{1994/12/01}
-The \texttt{*}-forms of these commands should be used to define
-commands that are not, in \TeX{} terms, long. This can be useful for
-error-trapping with commands whose arguments are not intended to
-contain whole paragraphs of text.
-
-\begin{decl}
- |\DeclareRobustCommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
- \arg{definition}\\
- |\DeclareRobustCommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
- \arg{definition}
-\end{decl}
-This command takes the same arguments as |\newcommand| but it declares
-a robust command, even if some code within the \m{definition} is
-fragile. You can use this command to define new robust commands, or
-to redefine existing commands and make them robust. A log is put into
-the transcript file if a command is redefined.
-
-For example, if |\seq| is defined as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \DeclareRobustCommand{\seq}[2][n]{%
- \ifmmode
- #1_{1}\ldots#1_{#2}%
- \else
- \PackageWarning{fred}{You can't use \protect\seq\space in text}%
- \fi
- }
-\end{verbatim}
-Then the command |\seq| can be used in moving arguments, even though
-|\ifmmode| cannot, for example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \section{Stuff about sequences $\seq{x}$}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Note also that there is no need to put a |\relax| before the
-|\ifmmode| at the beginning of the definition; this is because the
-protection given by this |\relax| against expansion at the wrong time
-will be provided internally.
-
-\begin{decl}
- |\CheckCommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
- \arg{definition}\\
- |\CheckCommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
- \arg{definition}
-\end{decl}
-This takes the same arguments as |\newcommand| but, rather than define
-\m{cmd}, it just checks that the current definition of \m{cmd} is
-exactly as given by \m{definition}. An error is raised if these
-definitions differ.
-
-This command is useful for checking the state of the system before
-your package starts altering the definitions of commands. It allows
-you to check, in particular, that no other package has redefined the
-same command.
-
-\subsection{Moving arguments}
-
-\NEWdescription{1994/12/01}
-The setting of protect whilst processing (i.e.~moving) moving arguments
-has been reimplemented, as has the method of writing information from
-the |.aux| file to other files such as the |.toc| file. Details can
-be found in the file |ltdefns.dtx|.
-
-We hope that these changes will not affect many packages.
-
-\section{Miscellaneous commands, etc}
+\section{Miscellaneous commands, etc.}
\label{Sec:commands.misc}
\subsection{Layout parameters}
@@ -1452,78 +1065,25 @@ We hope that these changes will not affect many packages.
|\paperheight|\\
|\paperwidth|
\end{decl}
-These two parameters are usually set by the class to be the size of
-the paper being used. This should be actual paper size, unlike
-|\textwidth| and |\textheight| which are the size of the main text
-body within the margins.
-
+These two parameters are usually set by the class to be the size of the paper
+being used. This should be actual paper size, unlike |\textwidth| and
+|\textheight| which are the size of the main text body within the margins.
\subsection{Case changing}
\label{sec:case}
\begin{decl}
|\MakeUppercase| \arg{text} \\
- |\MakeLowercase| \arg{text}
+ |\MakeLowercase| \arg{text} \\
+ |\MakeTitlecase| \arg{text}
\end{decl}
-\NEWfeature{1995/06/01}
-\TeX{} provides two primitives |\uppercase| and |\lowercase| for
-changing the case of text. These are sometimes used in document
-classes, for example to set information in running heads in all
-capitals.
-
-Unfortunately, these \TeX{} primitives do not change the case of
-characters accessed by commands like |\ae| or |\aa|. To overcome this
-problem, \LaTeX{} provides two new commands |\MakeUppercase| and
-|\MakeLowercase| to do this.
-
-For example:
-\begin{quotation}
-\begin{tabular}{rl}
- |\uppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \uppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
- |\lowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \lowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
- |\MakeUppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| &
- \MakeUppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
- |\MakeLowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \MakeLowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}
-\end{tabular}
-\end{quotation}
-
-The commands |\MakeUppercase| and |\MakeLowercase| themselves are
-robust, but they have moving arguments.
-
-The commands use the \TeX{} primitives |\uppercase| and |\lowercase|,
-and so have a number of unexpected `features'. In particular, they
-change the case of everything (except characters in the names of
-control-sequences) in their text argument: this includes mathematics,
-environment names, and label names.
-
-For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \MakeUppercase{$x+y$ in \ref{foo}}
-\end{verbatim}
-produces $X+Y$ and the warning:
-\begin{verbatim}
- LaTeX Warning: Reference `FOO' on page ... undefined on ...
-\end{verbatim}
-In the long run, we would like to use all-caps fonts rather than any
-command like |\MakeUppercase| but this is not possible at the moment
-because such fonts do not exist.
-
-\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
-In order that upper/lower-casing will work reasonably well, and in
-order to provide any correct hyphenation, \LaTeXe{} \emph{must} use,
-throughout a document, the same fixed table for changing case.
-The table used is designed for the font encoding |T1|; this works well
-with the standard \TeX{} fonts for all Latin alphabets but will cause
-problems when using other alphabets.
-
-\subsection{The `openany' option in the `book' class}
-
-\NEWdescription{1996/06/01}
-The |openany| option allows chapter and similar openings to
-occur on left hand pages. Previously this option affected only
-|\chapter| and |\backmatter|. It now also affects
-|\part|, |\frontmatter| and |\mainmatter|.
+As described in \texttt{usrguide}, case changing for text should be carried out
+using the commands |\MakeUppercase|, |\MakeLowercase| and
+|\MakeTitlecase|. If you need to change the case of programmatic material, the
+team strongly suggest using the L3 programming layer commands in the
+\texttt{str} module. If you do not wish to do this, you should use the \TeX{}
+|\uppercase| and |\lowercase| primitives \emph{in this situation only}.
\subsection{Better user-defined math display environments}
@@ -1531,11 +1091,8 @@ occur on left hand pages. Previously this option affected only
|\ignorespacesafterend|
\end{decl}
-\NEWfeature{1996/12/01}
-\NEWdescription{2003/12/01}
-Suppose that you want to define an environment for displaying text
-that is numbered as an equation. A straightforward way to do this is
-as follows:
+Suppose that you want to define an environment for displaying text that is
+numbered as an equation. A straightforward way to do this is as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
\newenvironment{texteqn}
{\begin{equation}
@@ -1543,13 +1100,13 @@ as follows:
{\end{minipage}
\end{equation}}
\end{verbatim}
-However, if you have tried this then you will probably have noticed
-that it does not work perfectly when used in the middle of a paragraph
-because an inter-word space appears at the beginning of the first
-line after the environment.
+However, if you have tried this then you will probably have noticed that it
+does not work perfectly when used in the middle of a paragraph because an
+inter-word space appears at the beginning of the first line after the
+environment.
-There is now an extra command (with a very long name) available that
-you can use to avoid this problem; it should be inserted as shown here:
+You can avoid this problem using |\ignorespacesafterend|; it should be
+inserted as shown here:
\begin{verbatim}
\newenvironment{texteqn}
{\begin{equation}
@@ -1567,312 +1124,298 @@ This command may also have other uses.
|\normalsfcodes|
\end{decl}
-\NEWfeature{1997/06/01}
This command should be used to restore the normal settings of the
parameters that affect spacing between words, sentences, etc.
-An important use of this feature is to correct a problem, reported by
-Donald Arseneau, that punctuation in page headers has always (in all
-known \TeX{} formats) been potentially wrong whenever a page break
-happens while a local setting of the space codes is in effect. These
-space codes are changed by, for example, the command
-\verb|\frenchspacing|) and the \textsf{verbatim} environment.
-
-It is normally given the correct definition automatically in
-|\begin{document}| and so need not be explicitly set; however, if it
-is explicitly made nonempty in a class file then automatic
-default setting will be over-ridden.
-
-
-\section{Upgrading \LaTeX~2.09 classes and packages}
-\label{Sec:upgrade}
-
-This section describes the changes you may need to make when you
-upgrade an existing \LaTeX{} style to a package or class but we shall
-start in optimistic mode.
-
-Many existing style files will run with \LaTeXe{} without any
-modification to the file itself. When everything is running OK,
-please put a note in the newly created package or class file to record
-that it runs with the new standard \LaTeX{}; then distribute it to
-your users.
-
-\subsection{Try it first!}
-\label{Sec:try-it}
-
-The first thing you should do is to test your style in `compatibility
-mode'. The only change you need to make in order to do this is,
-possibly, to change the extension of the file to |.cls|: you should
-make this change only if your file was used as a main document style.
-Now, without any other modifications, run \LaTeXe{} on a document that
-uses your file. This assumes that you have a suitable collection of
-files that tests all the functionality provided by your style file.
-(If you haven't, now is the time to make one!)
-
-You now need to change the test document files so that they are
-\LaTeXe{} documents: see \emph{\usrguide} for details of how to do
-this and then try them again. You have now tried the test documents
-in both \LaTeXe{} native mode and \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.
-
-\subsection{Troubleshooting}
-\label{Sec:trouble}
-
-If your file does not work with \LaTeXe{}, there are two likely
-reasons.
+An important use of this feature is to correct a problem, reported by Donald
+Arseneau, that punctuation in page headers has always (in all known \TeX{}
+formats) been potentially wrong whenever a page break happens while a local
+setting of the space codes is in effect. These space codes are changed by, for
+example, the command \verb|\frenchspacing|) and the \textsf{verbatim}
+environment.
+
+It is normally given the correct definition automatically in |\begin{document}|
+and so need not be explicitly set; however, if it is explicitly made non-empty
+in a class file then automatic default setting will be over-ridden.
+
+\subsection{Querying localisation}
+
+Localisation information is needed to customise a range of outputs. The
+\LaTeX{} kernel does not itself manage localisation, which is well-served by
+the bundles \pkg{babel} and \pkg{polyglossia}. To allow the kernel and other
+packages to access the current localisation information provided by \pkg{babel}
+or \pkg{polyglossia}, the command \cs{BCPdata} is defined by the kernel. The
+initial kernel definition expands to tag parts for \texttt{en-US}, as the
+kernel does not track localisation but does start out with a broadly US~English
+setup. However, if \pkg{babel} or \pkg{polyglossia} are loaded, it is redefined
+expand to the BCP-47 information from the appropriate package. The supported
+arguments are the BCP-47 tag breakdowns:
\begin{itemize}
-\item \LaTeX{} now has a robust, well-defined designer's interface for
- selecting fonts, which is very different from the \LaTeX~2.09
- internals.
-\item Your style file may have used some \LaTeX~2.09 internal commands
- which have changed, or which have been removed.
+ \item \texttt{tag} The full BCP-47 tag (e.g.~\texttt{en-US})
+ \item \texttt{language} (e.g.,~\texttt{de})
+ \item \texttt{region} (e.g.,~\texttt{AT})
+ \item \texttt{script} (e.g.,~\texttt{Latn})
+ \item \texttt{variant} (e.g.,~\texttt{1901})
+ \item \texttt{extension.t} (transformation, e.g.,~\texttt{en-t-ja})
+ \item \texttt{extension.u} (additional locale
+ information, e.g.,~\texttt{ar-u-nu-latn})
+ \item \texttt{extension.x} (private use area, e.g.,~\texttt{la-x-classic})
\end{itemize}
+The information for the \emph{main} language for a document is be provided
+if these are prefixed by \texttt{main.}, e.g.~\texttt{main.language} will
+expand to the main language even if another language is currently active.
-When you are debugging your file, you will probably need more
-information than is normally displayed by \LaTeXe. This is achieved
-by resetting the counter |errorcontextlines| from its default value of
-$-1$ to a much higher value, e.g.~999.
-
-\subsection{Accommodating compatibility mode}
-
-Sometimes an existing collection of \LaTeX~2.09 documents makes it
-inconvenient or impossible to abandon the old commands entirely.
-If this is the case, then it is possible to accommodate both conventions
-by making special provision for documents processed in compatibility
-mode.
+In addition to the tag breakdown, the following semantic arguments are
+supported
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \texttt{casing} The tag for case changing, e.g.~\texttt{el-x-iota}
+ could be selected rather than \texttt{el} to select a capital adscript
+ iota on uppercasing an \emph{ypogegrammeni}
+\end{itemize}
-\begin{decl}
-|\if@compatibility|
-\end{decl}
-This switch is set when a document begins with |\documentstyle| rather
-than |\documentclass|. Appropriate code can be supplied for either
-condition, as follows:
+For example, the case changing command \cs{MakeUppercase} is (conceptually)
+defined as
\begin{verbatim}
- \if@compatibility
- <code emulating LaTeX 2.09 behavior>
- \else
- <code suitable for LaTeX2e>
- \fi
+\ExpandArgs{e}\MakeUppercaseAux{\BCPdata{casing}}{#1}
\end{verbatim}
+where |#1| is the user input and the first argument to
+\cs{MakeUppercaseAux} takes two arguments, the locale and input text.
+
+\section{Commands superseded for new material}
+A small number of commands were introduced as part of \LaTeXe{} in the
+mid-1990s, are widely used but have been superseded by more modern methods.
+These are covered here as they are likely to be encountered routinely in
+existing classes and packages.
-\subsection{Font commands}
+\subsection{Defining commands}
-Some font and size commands are now defined by the document class
-rather than by the \LaTeX{} kernel. If you are upgrading a
-\LaTeX~2.09 document style to a class that does not load one of the
-standard classes, then you will probably need to add definitions for
-these commands.
+The \texttt{*}-forms of these commands should be used to define
+commands that are not, in \TeX{} terms, long. This can be useful for
+error-trapping with commands whose arguments are not intended to
+contain whole paragraphs of text.
\begin{decl}
- |\rm| |\sf| |\tt| |\bf| |\it| |\sl| |\sc|
+ |\DeclareRobustCommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}\\
+ |\DeclareRobustCommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}
\end{decl}
-None of these short-form font selection commands are defined in the
-\LaTeXe{} kernel. They are defined by all the standard class files.
-
-If you want to define them in your class file, there are several
-reasonable ways to do this.
-
-One possible definition is:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \newcommand{\rm}{\rmfamily}
- ...
- \newcommand{\sc}{\scshape}
-\end{verbatim}
-This would make the font commands orthogonal; for example
-|{\bf\it text}| would produce bold italic, thus: \textbf{\textit{text}}.
-It will also make them produce an error if used in math mode.
+This command takes the same arguments as |\newcommand| but it declares a robust
+command, even if some code within the \m{definition} is fragile. You can use
+this command to define new robust commands, or to redefine existing commands
+and make them robust. A log is put into the transcript file if a command is
+redefined.
-Another possible definition is:
+For example, if |\seq| is defined as follows:
\begin{verbatim}
- \DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
- ...
- \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\scshape}{\mathsc}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\seq}[2][n]{%
+ \ifmmode
+ #1_{1}\ldots#1_{#2}%
+ \else
+ \PackageWarning{fred}{You can't use \protect\seq\space in text}%
+ \fi
+ }
\end{verbatim}
-This will make |\rm| act like |\rmfamily| in text mode (see above) and
-it will make |\rm| select the |\mathrm| math alphabet in math mode.
-
-Thus |${\rm math} = X + 1$| will produce `${\rm math} = X + 1$'.
-
-If you do not want font selection to be orthogonal then you can
-follow the standard classes and define:
+Then the command |\seq| can be used in moving arguments, even though
+|\ifmmode| cannot, for example:
\begin{verbatim}
- \DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\normalfont\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
- ...
- \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\mathsc}
+ \section{Stuff about sequences $\seq{x}$}
\end{verbatim}
-This means, for example, that |{\bf\it text}| will produce medium
-weight (rather than bold) italic, thus: \textit{text}.
-\begin{decl}
- |\normalsize| \\
- |\@normalsize|
-\end{decl}
-The command |\@normalsize| is retained for compatibility with
-\LaTeX~2.09 packages which may have used its value; but redefining it
-in a class file will have no effect since it is always reset to have
-the same meaning as |\normalsize|.
-
-This means that classes \emph{must} now redefine |\normalsize| rather
-than redefining |\@normalsize|; for example (a rather incomplete one):
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10}{12}\selectfont}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that |\normalsize| is defined by the \LaTeX{} kernel to be an
-error message.
+Note also that there is no need to put a |\relax| before the |\ifmmode| at the
+beginning of the definition; this is because the protection given by this
+|\relax| against expansion at the wrong time will be provided internally.
\begin{decl}
- |\tiny| |\footnotesize| |\small| |\large|\\
- |\Large| |\LARGE| |\huge| |\Huge|
+ |\CheckCommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}\\
+ |\CheckCommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}
\end{decl}
-None of these other `standard' size-changing commands are defined in
-the kernel: each needs to be defined in a class file if you need it.
-They are all defined by the standard classes.
-
-This means you should use |\renewcommand| for |\normalsize| and
-|\newcommand| for the other size-changing commands.
-
+This takes the same arguments as |\newcommand| but, rather than define \m{cmd},
+it just checks that the current definition of \m{cmd} is exactly as given by
+\m{definition}. An error is raised if these definitions differ.
-\subsection{Obsolete commands}
+This command is useful for checking the state of the system before your package
+starts altering the definitions of commands. It allows you to check, in
+particular, that no other package has redefined the same command.
-Some packages will not work with \LaTeXe{}, normally because they relied
-on an internal \LaTeX{} command which was never supported and has now
-changed, or been removed.
-
-In many cases there will now be a robust, high-level means of
-achieving what previously required low-level commands. Please consult
-Section~\ref{Sec:commands} to see if you can now use the \LaTeXe{}
-class and package writers commands.
-
-Also, of course, if your package or class redefined any of the kernel
-commands (i.e.~those defined in the files |latex.tex|, |slitex.tex|,
-|lfonts.tex|, |sfonts.tex|) then you will need to check it very
-carefully against the new kernel in case the implementation has
-changed or the command no longer exists in the \LaTeX2e{} kernel.
+\subsection{Option declaration}
+\label{Sec:commands.options.dec}
-Too many of the internal commands of \LaTeX~2.09 have been
-re-implemented or removed to be able to list them all here. You must
-check any that you have used or changed.
+The following commands deal with the declaration and handling of options to
+document classes and packages using a classical `simple text' approach. Every
+option name must be a `\LaTeX{} name'.
-We shall, however, list some of the more important commands which are
-no longer supported.
+There are some commands designed especially for use within the \m{code}
+argument of these commands (see below).
\begin{decl}
- |\tenrm| |\elvrm| |\twlrm| \dots\\
- |\tenbf| |\elvbf| |\twlbf| \dots\\
- |\tensf| |\elvsf| |\twlsf| \dots\\
- \qquad$\vdots$
+ |\DeclareOption| \arg{option-name} \arg{code}
\end{decl}
-The (approximately) seventy internal commands of this form are no longer
-defined. If your class or package uses them then \emph{please}
-replace them with new font commands described in \emph{\fntguide}.
+This makes \m{option-name} a `declared option' of the class or package in which
+it is put.
+
+The \m{code} argument contains the code to be executed if that option is
+specified for the class or package; it can contain any valid \LaTeXe{}
+construct.
-For example, the command |\twlsf| should be replaced by:
+Example:
\begin{verbatim}
- \fontsize{12}{14}\normalfont\sffamily\selectfont
+ \DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue}
\end{verbatim}
-Another possibility is to use the |rawfonts| package, described in
-\emph{\usrguide}.
-
-Also, remember that many of the fonts preloaded by \LaTeX~2.09
-are no longer preloaded.
-
\begin{decl}
- |\vpt| |\vipt| |\viipt| \dots
+ |\DeclareOption*| \arg{code}
\end{decl}
-These were the internal size-selecting commands in \LaTeX~2.09.
-(They can still be used in \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.)
-Please use the command |\fontsize| instead: see \emph{\fntguide} for
-details.
+This declares the \m{code} to be executed for every option which is specified
+for, but otherwise not explicitly declared by, the class or package; this code
+is called the `default option code' and it can contain any valid \LaTeXe{}
+construct.
-For example, |\vpt| should be replaced by:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \fontsize{5}{6}\normalfont\selectfont
-\end{verbatim}
+If a class file contains no |\DeclareOption*| then, by default, all specified
+but undeclared options for that class will be silently passed to all packages
+(as will the specified and declared options for that class).
+
+If a package file contains no |\DeclareOption*| then, by default, each
+specified but undeclared option for that package will produce an error.
+
+\subsection{Commands within option code}
+\label{Sec:within.code}
+
+These two commands can be used only within the \m{code} argument of either
+|\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|. Other commands commonly used within
+these arguments can be found in the next few subsections.
\begin{decl}
- |\prm|, |\pbf|, |\ppounds|, |\pLaTeX| \dots
+ |\CurrentOption|
\end{decl}
-\LaTeX~2.09 used several commands beginning with |\p| in order to
-provide `protected' commands. For example, |\LaTeX| was defined to be
-|\protect\pLaTeX|, and |\pLaTeX| was defined to produce the \LaTeX{}
-logo. This made |\LaTeX| robust, even though |\pLaTeX| was not.
-
-These commands have now been reimplemented using
-|\DeclareRobustCommand|
-(described in Section~\ref{Sec:commands.define}).
-If your package redefined one of the |\p|-commands then you must
-remove the redefinition and use |\DeclareRobustCommand| to redefine the
-non-|\p| command.
+This expands to the name of the current option.
\begin{decl}
-|\footheight|\\
-|\@maxsep|\\
-|\@dblmaxsep|
+ |\OptionNotUsed|
\end{decl}
-These parameters are not used by \LaTeXe{} so they have been removed,
-except in \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode. Classes should no longer
-set them.
-
-\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+This causes the current option to be added to the list of `unused options'.
-\bibitem{A-W:DEK91}
-Donald~E. Knuth.
-\newblock {\em The \TeX book}.
-\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1986.
-\newblock Revised to cover \TeX3, 1991.
-
-\bibitem{A-W:LLa94}
-Leslie Lamport.
-\newblock {\em {\LaTeX:} A Document Preparation System}.
-\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994.
+\subsection{Option processing}
+\label{Sec:commands.options}
-\bibitem{A-W:MG2004}
-Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens.
-\newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion second edition}.
-\newblock With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley.
-\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 2004.
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ProcessOptions|
+\end{decl}
+This command executes the \m{code} for each selected option.
-\end{thebibliography}
+We shall first describe how |\ProcessOptions| works in a package file, and then
+how this differs in a class file.
-\newpage
-\thispagestyle{empty}
+To understand in detail what |\ProcessOptions| does in a package file, you have
+to know the difference between \emph{local} and \emph{global} options.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \textbf{Local options} are those which have been explicitly
+ specified for this particular package in the \m{options} argument of
+ any of these:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\PassOptionsToPackage{<options>}| \ |\usepackage[<options>]|\\
+ |\RequirePackage[<options>]|
+\end{quote}
+\item \textbf{Global options} are any other options that are specified
+ by the author in the \m{options} argument of
+ |\documentclass[<options>]|.
+\end{itemize}
+For example, suppose that a document begins:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[german,twocolumn]{article}
+ \usepackage{gerhardt}
+\end{verbatim}
+whilst package |gerhardt| calls package |fred| with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{german,dvips,a4paper}{fred}
+ \RequirePackage[errorshow]{fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+then:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item |fred|'s local options are |german|, |dvips|, |a4paper|
+ and |errorshow|;
+\item |fred|'s only global option is |twocolumn|.
+\end{itemize}
-\section*{\LaTeXe{} Summary sheet: updating old styles}
+When |\ProcessOptions| is called, the following happen.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \emph{First}, for each option so far declared in |fred.sty|
+ by |\DeclareOption|, it looks to see if that option is either a
+ global or a local option for |fred|: if it is then the corresponding
+ code is executed.
-Section references below are to \emph{\clsguide}.
+ This is done in the order in which these options
+ were declared in |fred.sty|.
+\item \emph{Then}, for each remaining \emph{local} option, the command
+ |\ds@<option>| is executed if it has been defined somewhere (other
+ than by a |\DeclareOption|); otherwise, the `default option code' is
+ executed. If no default option code has been declared then an error
+ message is produced.
-\begin{enumerate}
+ This is done in the order in which these
+ options were specified.
+\end{itemize}
+Throughout this process, the system ensures that the code declared for
+an option is executed at most once.
-\item Should it become a class or a package?
- See Section~\ref{Sec:classorpkg} for how to answer this question.
+Returning to the example, if |fred.sty| contains:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{dvips}{\typeout{DVIPS}}
+ \DeclareOption{german}{\typeout{GERMAN}}
+ \DeclareOption{french}{\typeout{FRENCH}}
+ \DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{fred}{Unknown `\CurrentOption'}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+then the result of processing this document will be:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ DVIPS
+ GERMAN
+ Package fred Warning: Unknown `a4paper'.
+ Package fred Warning: Unknown `errorshow'.
+\end{verbatim}
+Note the following:
-\item If it uses another style file, then you will need to obtain an
- updated version of this other file. Look at Section~\ref{Sec:loading}
- for information on how to load other class and package files.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item the code for the |dvips| option is executed before that for the
+ |german| option, because that is the order in which they are declared
+ in |fred.sty|;
+\item the code for the |german| option is executed only once, when the
+ declared options are being processed;
+\item the |a4paper| and |errorshow| options produce the warning from
+ the code declared by |\DeclareOption*| (in the order in which they
+ were specified), whilst the |twocolumn| option does not: this is
+ because |twocolumn| is a global option.
+\end{itemize}
-\item Try it: see Section~\ref{Sec:try-it}.
+In a class file, |\ProcessOptions| works in the same way, except that:
+\emph{all} options are local; and the default value for |\DeclareOption*| is
+|\OptionNotUsed| rather than an error.
-\item It worked? Excellent, but there are probably still some things
- you should change in order to make your file into a well-structured
- \LaTeXe{} file that is both robust and portable. So you should now
- read Section~\ref{Sec:writing}, especially~\ref{Sec:general}. You
- will also find some useful examples in Section~\ref{Sec:structure}.
+Note that, because |\ProcessOptions| has a |*|-form, it is wise to follow the
+non-star form with |\relax|, as in the previous examples, since this prevents
+unnecessary look ahead and possibly misleading error messages being issued.
- If your file sets up new fonts, font-changing commands or symbols,
- you should also read \emph{\fntguide}.
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ProcessOptions*|
+\end{decl}
+This is like |\ProcessOptions| but it executes the options in the order
+specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order of declaration in
+the class or package. For a package this means that the global options are
+processed first.
-\item It did not work? There are three possibilities here:
- \begin{itemize}
- \item error messages are produced whilst reading your file;
- \item error messages are produced whilst processing test documents;
- \item there are no errors but the output is not as it should be.
- \end{itemize}
- Don't forget to check carefully for this last possibility.
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ExecuteOptions| \arg{options-list}
+\end{decl}
- If you have got to this stage then you will need to read
- Section~\ref{Sec:upgrade} to find the solutions that will make your
- file work.
-\end{enumerate}
+It can be used to provide a `default option list' just before
+|\ProcessOptions|. For example, suppose that in a class file you want to set up
+the default design to be: two-sided printing; 11pt fonts; in two columns. Then
+it could specify:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ExecuteOptions{11pt,twoside,twocolumn}
+\end{verbatim}
\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf
index 01bd9f1fa28..e81f13eb782 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf
index 6339438a020..2efa4eee4d7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.tex
index 7304a586e44..394cd59e204 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
\author{\copyright~Copyright 1998--1999,\\ Vladimir Volovich,
Werner Lemberg and \LaTeX\ Project Team.\\ All rights reserved.%
- \footnote{This file may distributed and/or modified under the
+ \footnote{This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the \LaTeX{} Project Public License, either version 1.3c
of this license or (at your option) any later version. See the source
\texttt{cyrguide.tex} for full details.}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc-code.pdf
index 3b0c7bc965a..9c17bbb77c7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc-code.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf
index 75e804a9c93..8c86a556308 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf
index 83739ec6b31..7b09dba511a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf
index 5ddc6f4fc95..c2da6210d8f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.tex
index 3c95cf30cce..1a0978267e1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf
index 30af0ff0a7a..d9bad62abfa 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf
index 5d8487c2ea0..21479fe3cb3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf
index d4c88762f44..b7570a411e5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex
index 65467339f1d..619cc907b26 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
%
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
@@ -42,17 +42,17 @@
\title{\LaTeXe{} font selection}
-\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2022, \LaTeX\ Project
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2023, \LaTeX\ Project
Team.\thanks{Thanks to Arash Esbati for documenting the
newer NFSS features of 2020}\\
All rights reserved.%
- \footnote{This file may distributed and/or modified under the
+ \footnote{This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the \LaTeX{} Project Public License, either version 1.3c
of this license or (at your option) any later version. See the source
\texttt{fntguide.tex} for full details.}%
}
-\date{August 2022}
+\date{May 2023}
\begin{document}
@@ -299,8 +299,6 @@ e.g., ``demi-bold'' is normally just another name for ``semi-bold'', so
should get |sb| assigned, etc.
-\newpage
-
\NEWdescription{2020/02/02}
The most common values for the font shape are:
\begin{center}
@@ -325,7 +323,7 @@ A less common value for font shape is:
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
and there is also |ui| for upright italic, i.e., an italic shape but
-artifically turned upright. This is sometimes useful and available in
+artificially turned upright. This is sometimes useful and available in
some fonts.
@@ -404,8 +402,6 @@ turned into \TeX{} font names. This is described in
Section~\ref{Sec:install}.
-\newpage
-
\subsection{Selection commands}
@@ -955,7 +951,6 @@ Example:
\DeclareMathSymbol{\alphld}{\mathalpha}{AMSb}{"0C}
\end{verbatim}
-\newpage
\begin{decl}
|\DeclareMathDelimiter| \arg{cmd} \arg{type}
@@ -1382,7 +1377,7 @@ the `cmr' family).
from this subsection.
\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
-As an exception it may also contain a |\DeclareFontsubstitution|
+As an exception it may also contain a |\DeclareFontSubstitution|
declaration (described in \ref{sec:encoding-defaults}) to specify how
font substitution for this encoding should be handled. In that case it
is important that the values used point to a font that is guaranteed to
@@ -1431,6 +1426,8 @@ executed whenever a math alphabet with this encoding is called.
It also saves the value of \m{encoding} in the macro
|\LastDeclaredEncoding|.
+\newpage
+
Example:
\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareFontEncoding{OT1}{}{}
@@ -1496,6 +1493,8 @@ For example, the definition of |\ss| in the |OT1| encoding is:
It does not produce an error if the command has already
been defined but logs the redefinition in the transcript file.
+\newpage
+
\begin{decl}
|\DeclareTextAccent| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{slot}
\end{decl}
@@ -1611,6 +1610,8 @@ defined with |\DeclareTextSymbol|.
For more examples of these definitions, see |ltoutenc.dtx|.
+\newpage
+
\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
|\ProvideTextCommandDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{definition}
\end{decl}
@@ -2440,8 +2441,6 @@ become unavailable in the different sub-encodings. Again, the numbers
are the slots in the |TS1| encoding, |acc| indicates a `constructed'
accent.
-\newpage
-
\begin{table}[!tbp]
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf
index d2385fa786c..2460d688725 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf
index 4802103db4d..7437721f4d2 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf
index 1ea351b1e75..4a7f1190f19 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lamport-manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lamport-manual.pdf
index 2d2e7d4f47e..bf804f21a0f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lamport-manual.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lamport-manual.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexrelease.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexrelease.pdf
index 9ab51faa3bb..e4217ba0889 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexrelease.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexrelease.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf
index 8546f14f7d8..aeb945867dc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.err
index 46958ae3a5f..d2ea742f82e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.err
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.err
@@ -363,10 +363,15 @@ Bafög-Ausgabe (Softcover) die inhaltlich identisch ist:
)
\end{verbatim}
-
\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
\item[]
+Beide Ausgaben sind nur noch antiquarisch erhältlich. Das englische
+Original "`The \LaTeX{} Companion"' existiert in der dritten Ausgabe
+(Erscheinungsdatum Mai 2023).
+
+\item[]
+
Diese Errata-Datei (\texttt{\jobname.err}) ist Teil der
\LaTeX-Distribution und die neuste Version findet man auf der \LaTeX{}
Project Webseite unter
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf
index c8f32233afa..9913fca20c8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf
index 51e1f40c554..b456935de80 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.err
index 45b440a7f4f..cb1a3823481 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.err
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.err
@@ -330,6 +330,26 @@
)
\end{verbatim}
+Reprinted by Lehmanns in 2022:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+@book(Lehmanns:GMRRV2022,
+ author = {Michel Goossens and Frank Mittelbach and Sebastian Rahtz
+ and Denis Roegel and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
+ title = {The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion},
+ edition = 2,
+ series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
+ publisher = {Lehmanns Media},
+ address = {Köln},
+ year = {2022},
+ isbn = {978-3-96543-303-8 (softcover), 978-3-96543-299-4 (ebook)},
+ originalyear = {2007},
+ pagenums = {976},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
\item[]
@@ -378,7 +398,7 @@ Good luck!
Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt]
2008/05 & Milan Vujtek & 16 suggestions\\
2010/05 & & \\
-\ldots & contest no longer open
+\ldots & -- contest no longer open --
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{list}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf
index 43ab034d38b..339f3c46a32 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf
index 81e00214b63..196e23d5cbe 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltcmdhooks-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltcmdhooks-code.pdf
index 83670e44634..499194f3d63 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltcmdhooks-code.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltcmdhooks-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltcmdhooks-doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltcmdhooks-doc.pdf
index fa4ca35a073..51320b388e0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltcmdhooks-doc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltcmdhooks-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf
index fbaf7f05024..e52041c4257 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf
index bb38e6a544a..392b3c05af3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.pdf
index eac5817e793..88b163641fe 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.pdf
index 69ab35fb5a8..d47c52c4ad8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltluatex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltluatex.pdf
index f53e9a5b133..8b854be87e9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltluatex.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltluatex.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltmarks-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltmarks-code.pdf
index 7c885820321..9fc96a45bde 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltmarks-code.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltmarks-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltmarks-doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltmarks-doc.pdf
index 0aad6985bc0..86c684dc7ad 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltmarks-doc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltmarks-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf
index 5a52a334713..5ecb14ad3ee 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex
index 8d45f77cda3..d239fc274fa 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
% Copyright (C) 2006, 2009, 2011, 2014 Heiko Oberdiek
-% Copyright (C) 2014-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2014-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{ltnews.tex}%
[2022/06/10 v1.4e Master file for ltnews*.tex (LaTeX Project)]
-\providecommand*{\lastissue}{36}
+\providecommand*{\lastissue}{37}
\InputIfFileExists{ltnews-lastissue.cfg}{}{}
@@ -113,22 +113,11 @@
\renewcommand{\@evenfoot}{\@indiciafont\@indicia\hfill --\thepage}%
}
-\newcommand*{\MonthJanuary}{01}
-\newcommand*{\MonthFebruary}{02}
-\newcommand*{\MonthMarch}{03}
-\newcommand*{\MonthApril}{04}
-\newcommand*{\MonthMay}{05}
-\newcommand*{\MonthJune}{06}
-\newcommand*{\MonthJuly}{07}
-\newcommand*{\MonthAugust}{08}
-\newcommand*{\MonthSeptember}{09}
-\newcommand*{\MonthOctober}{10}
-\newcommand*{\MonthNovember}{11}
-\newcommand*{\MonthDecember}{12}
\newcommand*{\printissue}{%
Issue %
\texorpdfstring{\number\value{issue}}{\theissue}, %
- \texorpdfstring{\@month\space\@year}{\@year/\@nameuse{Month\@month}}%
+ \texorpdfstring{\@month\space\@year\space(\publicationdate)}
+ {\@year/\@julianmonthtonum{\@month}}%
}
\let\l@part\l@section
\let\l@section\l@subsection
@@ -303,6 +292,7 @@
\loop
\ifnum\value{issue}<\lastissue
\stepcounter{issue}%
+ \publicationday{01}%
\input{ltnews\theissue}%
\repeat
\stepcounter{issue}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.pdf
index 46f89cea3b5..670facd8c6b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.tex
index 08ac57d27d9..55c6b20dd66 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.pdf
index bbe1c4ebd18..458c10709a4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.tex
index 1d875dcd031..58856fe97b9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.pdf
index 58a9a40d0b2..54deb688dd6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.tex
index 93f0963426c..96a5bec4280 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.pdf
index 5236b48dd8b..37a344bc9d8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.tex
index 527024fa18b..ab49d7ade3c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.pdf
index 82c03a4c12f..f84999681e2 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.tex
index d13f469dd6f..cdfe8bc072f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.pdf
index 0b8753998ec..d5b2c509a79 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.tex
index ac32eab8d1a..3d5cadb7454 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.pdf
index b8aad35370a..bca35e9904e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.tex
index 56cfd76661b..43cf204fedc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.pdf
index c3d9b6b8480..157e8f2c3df 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.tex
index 68cd1247e64..f1386a5332e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.pdf
index 92fb1771a01..543a2c87955 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.tex
index af14a53e34a..26eccedd1e7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.pdf
index f87a2bd4e29..7dc732ba414 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.tex
index c6a77e6e364..b011eacf7ee 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.pdf
index 8a9605348b5..c07bf4681bc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.tex
index b4f6d19910e..07dbd642400 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.pdf
index b74dc492f64..f848096ed0b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.tex
index b7a01bc208b..38ea9122a0c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.pdf
index 014faa5e5f4..d5115733945 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.tex
index 0cbbe49a5da..e489b4ff27f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.pdf
index 40972a5a436..debb104763b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.tex
index b5fa7cb019a..44cc44647e0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.pdf
index 3fd5dce4aae..9e2432ea999 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.tex
index 3b1ea3f89cb..b95801dd6e5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.pdf
index 5fc21f98ee5..612c1bd5f27 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.tex
index 7f7183ac0e9..7edf8a7f53f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.pdf
index 9806abea055..e8325346a02 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.tex
index 4dab20f53fb..e18e4660ebd 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.pdf
index b3628bab088..641dc18d2eb 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.tex
index 04491760b2c..8c706215343 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.pdf
index d6ac262c052..2bf99f39541 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.tex
index 43d388b29b8..7e9492a8f2f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
\usepackage{lmodern,url}
+\publicationday{24}
\publicationmonth{September}
\publicationyear{2009}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.pdf
index 54544a702fe..6382f7b26f1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.tex
index 89d166b49c7..b233f92dc4a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright 1993--2019
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
\usepackage{lmodern,url}
+\publicationday{27}
\publicationmonth{June}
\publicationyear{2011}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.pdf
index 69332e0e046..c6b0913181d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.tex
index 7b363447d93..a48cd0b199c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright 2019
+% Copyright (C) 2019-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.pdf
index 429820ea50d..4ca923a5579 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.tex
index 8d1c91acfa6..dfc2e2326a0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2015-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2015-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.pdf
index 86bcb55ada4..b3b97d90712 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.tex
index 29241766caa..ee75a6463e0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2015-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2015-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.pdf
index 30ddd82ebaf..0555a29b8cd 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.tex
index 13d2fc8519f..6a50ef902cf 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2015-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2015-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.pdf
index 0e2c3fa717c..17c09e30d95 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.tex
index 5a9f4807183..0676220a2e3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2016-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2016-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.pdf
index 0e31e2c4827..64a5a94b8a6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.tex
index 94b4c4818bd..9fbb6716b18 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2017-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2017-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.pdf
index 260f2b6ebd9..0db3aec2374 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.tex
index 03c8c042054..917bf1cc103 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2017-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2017-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+\publicationday{15}
\publicationmonth{April}
\publicationyear{2017}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.pdf
index a20223db92f..e1bdb5e1b5d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex
index 28bfe0577cb..3c3b92da974 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2017-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2017-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.pdf
index 95619ddaff8..609c1395906 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.tex
index c06d4de3478..999836b01da 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2018-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2018-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.pdf
index d45d527caac..fbd9a3af3de 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.tex
index 74d7659512c..8183f7eabbf 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright 2019
+% Copyright (C) 2019-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.pdf
index f88b7760663..bb9c2e3e451 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.tex
index 8bb6e638b5f..44bf4941426 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright 2019-2020
+% Copyright (C) 2019-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -119,6 +119,7 @@
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\publicationday{02}
\publicationmonth{February}
\publicationyear{2020}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.pdf
index f6298a7cfb2..6c99b2cf6df 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.tex
index 28f3bf88b43..c64cd97958d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright 2019-2020
+% Copyright (C) 2019-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews33.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews33.pdf
index b5132f035e3..9372bf0ec1e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews33.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews33.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews33.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews33.tex
index 39af4f1b72e..0b98a707ba8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews33.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews33.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright 2019-2021
+% Copyright (C) 2019-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews34.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews34.pdf
index 8962193f726..481e4496907 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews34.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews34.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews34.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews34.tex
index 04d1c25bc7d..d3a9202b56f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews34.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews34.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright 2019-2021
+% Copyright (C) 2019-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@
\providecommand\tubcommand[1]{}
\tubcommand{\input{tubltmac}}
+\publicationday{15}
\publicationmonth{November}
\publicationyear{2021}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews35.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews35.pdf
index e044273d065..1eda06fb70f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews35.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews35.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews35.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews35.tex
index 0230ef6e58f..8d49bf19843 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews35.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews35.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright 2021-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2021-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -322,7 +322,6 @@ has been refined, such that
\ProcessKeyOptions
\end{verbatim}
will now automatically pick up the package name as the key \emph{family},
-%unless explicitly given as an optional argument.
unless explicitly given as an optional argument:
\begin{verbatim}
\ProcessKeyOptions[family]
@@ -378,9 +377,7 @@ syntax are described in \file{usrguide3.pdf}. The command \cs{fpeval}
offers a rich syntax allowing for extensive calculations, whereas the
other three commands are essentially thin wrappers for \cs{numexpr},
\cs{dimexpr}, and \cs{glueexpr} \Dash therefore inheriting some syntax
-%peculiars and limitations in expressiveness.
peculiarities and limitations in expressiveness.
-% \newcommand\calulateheight[1]{%
\begin{verbatim}
\newcommand\calculateheight[1]{%
\setlength\textheight{\dimeval{\topskip
@@ -698,7 +695,7 @@ Source files containing \textlangle\ or \textrangle\ directly written
as Unicode codepoints U+2329 and U+232A no longer break when the
source file gets normalized under Unicode normalization rules.
%
-\githubissue{gh/714}
+\githubissue{714}
@@ -907,7 +904,6 @@ For details and further examples, see \file{mathcolor.pdf}.
\subsection{Fix locating files with \cs{graphicspath}}
-%
If a call to \cs{includegraphics} asked for a file (say, \file{image})
without extension, and if both \file{A/image.pdf} and \file{B/image.tex}
@@ -953,22 +949,10 @@ internal syntax errors due to premature expansion.
\emph{\LaTeX{} Tagged PDF \Dash A blueprint for a large project}.\\
\url{https://latex-project.org/publications/indexbyyear/2020/}
-%\bibitem{35:source2e}
-% \emph{\LaTeX{} documentation on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\
-% \url{https://latex-project.org/help/documentation/}
-
-%\bibitem{35:ltnews31} \LaTeX{} Project Team:
-% \emph{\LaTeXe{} news 31}.\\
-% \url{https://latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews31.pdf}
-
\bibitem{35:ltnews32} \LaTeX{} Project Team:
\emph{\LaTeXe{} news 32}.\\
\url{https://latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews32.pdf}
-%\bibitem{35:ltnews33} \LaTeX{} Project Team:
-% \emph{\LaTeXe{} news 33}.\\
-% \url{https://latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews33.pdf}
-
\bibitem{35:ltnews34} \LaTeX{} Project Team:
\emph{\LaTeXe{} news 34}.\\
\url{https://latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews34.pdf}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews36.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews36.pdf
index fbbd2036d09..7113dbcce46 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews36.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews36.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews36.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews36.tex
index d6df801db2a..5dee9587479 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews36.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews36.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright 2021-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2021-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -262,10 +262,11 @@ will give the expected result: {\fontfamily{cmr}
\bfseries
\textsc{\textsl{Bold Slanted Small Caps}}; \textsc{\textit{Bold Italic Small Caps}}}.
-Given that the Computer Modern fonts in \texttt{T1} do not have real italic small caps but only
-slanted small caps, the latter is substituted for the former, which is
-why above both work but you see no difference between the two (and in the log you get a
-substitution warning for the \cs{textit}\cs{textsc} shape combination).
+Given that the Computer Modern fonts in \texttt{T1} do not have real
+italic small caps but only slanted small caps, the latter is
+substituted for the former. This is why both work in the above, but
+there is no difference between the two (and you get a substitution
+warning for the \cs{textit}\cs{textsc} shape combination).
%
\githubissue{782}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews37.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews37.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b0f6947d8df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews37.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews37.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews37.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5527975c540
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews37.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2021-2023
+% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -——————————————
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews37.tex
+%
+% This is issue 37 of LaTeX News.
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020-02-02]
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+
+%% Maybe needed only for Chris' inadequate system:
+\providecommand\Dash {\unskip \textemdash}
+
+%% NOTE: Chris' preferred hyphens!
+%%\showhyphens{parameters}
+%% \hyphenation{because parameters parameter}
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+\usepackage{csquotes}
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\usepackage{color}
+
+\providecommand\hook[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+
+\providecommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textrm{\itshape#1}$\rangle$}
+\providecommand\option[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\providecommand\env[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\providecommand\Arg[1]{\texttt\{\meta{#1}\texttt\}}
+
+
+\providecommand\eTeX{\hologo{eTeX}}
+\providecommand\XeTeX{\hologo{XeTeX}}
+\providecommand\LuaTeX{\hologo{LuaTeX}}
+\providecommand\pdfTeX{\hologo{pdfTeX}}
+\providecommand\MiKTeX{\hologo{MiKTeX}}
+\providecommand\CTAN{\textsc{ctan}}
+\providecommand\TL{\TeX\,Live}
+\providecommand\githubissue[2][]{\ifhmode\unskip\fi
+ \quad\penalty500\strut\nobreak\hfill
+ \mbox{\small\slshape(%
+ \href{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/\getfirstgithubissue#2 \relax}%
+ {github issue#1 #2}%
+ )}%
+ \par\smallskip}
+%% But Chris has to mostly disable \href for his TEXPAD app:
+%% \def\href #1{} % Only For Chris' deficient TeX engine
+
+% simple solution right now (just link to the first issue if there are more)
+\def\getfirstgithubissue#1 #2\relax{#1}
+
+\providecommand\sxissue[1]{\ifhmode\unskip
+ \else
+ % githubissue preceding
+ \vskip-\smallskipamount
+ \vskip-\parskip
+ \fi
+ \quad\penalty500\strut\nobreak\hfill
+ \mbox{\small\slshape(\url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/#1})}\par}
+
+\providecommand\gnatsissue[2]{\ifhmode\unskip\fi
+ \quad\penalty500\strut\nobreak\hfill
+ \mbox{\small\slshape(%
+ \href{https://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=#1\%2F\getfirstgithubissue#2 \relax}%
+ {gnats issue #1/#2}%
+ )}%
+ \par}
+
+\let\cls\pkg
+\providecommand\env[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\providecommand\acro[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+
+\vbadness=1400 % accept slightly empty columns
+
+
+\makeatletter
+% maybe not the greatest design but normally we wouldn't have subsubsections
+\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{%
+ \@startsection {subsubsection}{2}{0pt}{1.5ex \@plus 1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {-1em}{\@subheadingfont\colonize}%
+}
+\providecommand\colonize[1]{#1:}
+\makeatother
+
+\let\finalvspace\vspace % for document layout fixes
+
+% Undo ltnews's \verbatim@font with active < and >
+% (we have meta variables in verbatim, so keep it.)
+%\makeatletter
+%\def\verbatim@font{%
+% \normalsize\ttfamily}
+%\makeatother
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\providecommand\tubcommand[1]{}
+\tubcommand{\input{tubltmac}}
+
+% \publicationday{01} % change this if it's not released on 1st of a month
+\publicationmonth{June}
+%\publicationyear{2023 --- DRAFT version for upcoming release}
+\publicationyear{2023}
+
+\publicationissue{37}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\tubcommand{\addtolength\textheight{4.1pc}} % only for TUB
+
+\maketitle
+{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=10000 \spaceskip=3.33pt \hbadness=10000
+\tableofcontents}
+
+\setlength\rightskip{0pt plus 3em}
+
+% for ltnews37, squeeze to five pages.
+\tubcommand{\fontsize{9.6}{12}\selectfont}
+
+
+\medskip
+
+
+%\section{Introduction}
+
+
+\section{New functionality offered as part of the
+ \enquote{\LaTeX{} Tagged PDF} project}
+
+We have now enabled new automatic tagging functionality for additional
+\LaTeX{} elements, among them most display environments, standard
+sectioning commands, content, figure and table listings, floats and graphics and
+bibliographies. This can
+be activated through
+\begin{verbatim}
+\DocumentMetadata{testphase=phase-III}
+\end{verbatim}
+At this point in time tagging support is only available for a
+restricted set of documents, i.e., those that use one of the basic
+document classes (\texttt{article}, \texttt{report}, and
+\texttt{book}) and only use commands and environments described in
+Lamport's \LaTeX{} manual.
+
+Using other document classes or adding additional packages in the
+preamble may work (or may partially work) but at this stage it is not
+very likely, at least not for packages or classes that excessively
+alter internals of \LaTeX{}.
+
+Also note that there are still several environments and commands
+described in the \LaTeX{} manual that do not have tagging support yet,
+notably tabulars, \texttt{tabbing}, the various math environment and a
+few others. They will get this support as part of \texttt{phase-III},
+but some of them will be delayed until after the June release.
+
+A prototype for math tagging (including support for the \pkg{amsmath}
+environments) is already available, but it is mainly intended for
+experimentation and feedback and the resulting tagging is by no means
+the way we envision it to be eventually. If you would like to try it out use
+the following line:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\DocumentMetadata{testphase={phase-III,math}}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that the math tagging code at this point in time will clash with
+packages that redefine the \texttt{\$} character (which then may lead to strange
+errors) and that packages that use math mode for non-mathematical
+constructs may result in surprising output as far as tagging is
+concerned. Feedback on which packages fail with the code in one or
+another way would be appreciated.
+
+The \texttt{latex-lab} bundle contains various
+(still untagged) documentation files about the new code that can
+be accessed with \verb|texdoc -l latex-lab|.
+
+Feedback is welcome!
+Please use \url{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/discussions/1010}.
+
+
+
+\section{New or improved commands}
+
+\subsection{Extending hooks to take arguments}
+
+Hooks have always been containers for code whose outcome was entirely
+dependent on the contents of the hook alone. If any type of contextual
+information had to be passed to the hook, it had to be done by setting
+some variable before the hook so that the code in the hook could use
+that. But this is somewhat hard to keep track of, clumsy to implement,
+and it required the programmer to have some kind of \enquote{hook before
+the hook} to do that setup.
+
+To make things a bit easier, \pkg{lthooks} was enhanced to support hooks
+with arguments. Hooks can now be declared and used with arguments, then
+the code added to these hooks can reference the hook's arguments using
+\verb|#1|, \verb|#2|, etc., so now hooks can behave more like macros
+than like \emph{token lists} (using \pkg{expl3} terminology). Regular
+argument-less hooks continue to work exactly like they did before: this
+extension is completely compatible with older documents and packages.
+
+\AddToHook{cmd/verbatim@font/after}[hack]{\small}
+To declare a hook with arguments, use
+\begin{verbatim}
+\NewHookWithArguments {<hook>} {<num-args>}
+\end{verbatim}
+then, similarly, to use the code in the hook, supposing a hook declared
+with 2 arguments, write
+\begin{verbatim}
+\UseHookWithArguments {<hook>} {2} {<arg1>} {<arg2>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Or, if you want to add some code to a hook that takes arguments, write
+\begin{verbatim}
+\AddToHookWithArguments {<hook>} [<label>] {<code>}
+\end{verbatim}
+exactly like you would for regular hooks, except that the \meta{code}
+can use the arguments by referencing \verb|#1|, \verb|#2|, etc. In this
+case, if you want to add an actual parameter token (\verb|#|) to the
+\meta{code}, you have to double it, as usual.
+\RemoveFromHook{cmd/verbatim@font/after}[hack]
+
+Additionally, if you want to add \enquote{regular} code to a hook with
+arguments, you can still use \cs{AddToHook} --- in that case \verb|#|
+tokens are \emph{not} doubled. This means that a package author can
+decide to add arguments to an existing hook without worrying about
+compatibility: \cs{AddToHook} will do the right thing and will not
+mistakenly reference the newly added arguments.
+
+The commands \cs{NewReversedHookWithArguments}, \cs
+{NewMirroredHookPairWithArguments}, \cs
+{AddToHookNextWithArguments}, \cs{UseOneTimeHookWithArguments}, and
+the \pkg{expl3} counterparts of the commands discussed in this section
+were also added. The complete documentation can be found in the
+\pkg{lthooks} documentation \cite{37:lthooks-doc}.
+
+\subsubsection{Generic \texttt{cmd} hooks with arguments}
+
+Along with the possibility of passing arguments to a regular hook as
+discussed above, generic \hook{cmd} hooks can now access the arguments
+of the command they are patched into, using the interface described in
+the previous section.
+
+For example, if you were to add some code to the \cs{title} command
+using hooks, you could access the actual title given in the argument.
+Thus, to write the title of the document in the terminal you
+could use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \AddToHookWithArguments{cmd/title/before}
+ {\typeout{Document title: #1}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+As with regular hooks, code added to a \hook{cmd} hook using
+\cs{AddToHook} will not be able to access the command's arguments. This
+means that, as with regular hooks, this change is completely backwards
+compatible, so previous usages of \hook{cmd} hooks will work exactly as
+they did before.
+
+\subsection{Providing copy and show functions for environments}
+
+To copy a command definition we introduced \cs{NewCommandCopy} in
+2022. This even allows you to copy commands that consist of several internal
+components, such as robust commands or those with a complex signature.
+To do the same with environments, e.g., to define the environment
+\env{myitemize} to be equivalent to \env{itemize}, you can now write
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NewEnvironmentCopy{myitemize}{itemize}
+\end{verbatim}
+There are also \cs{Renew...}\ and \cs{Declare...}, which may be useful
+depending on the circumstances.
+
+In addition, we offer a \cs{ShowEnvironment} command, which displays the
+\cs{begin} and \cs{end} code of the environment passed as an
+argument. E.g., \verb=\ShowEnvironment{center}= results in the
+following output:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ >> \begin{center}=environment:
+ >> ->>\trivlist \centering \item \relax .
+ <<recently read>> }
+ l. ...\ShowEnvironment{center}
+ >> \end{center}:
+ >> ->>\endtrivlist .
+ <<recently read>> }
+ l. ...\ShowEnvironment{center}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\githubissue{963}
+
+\subsection{\cs{IfFileAtLeastTF}}
+
+The 2020-10-01 \LaTeX{} release introduced the CamelCase tests
+\cs{IfClassAtLeastTF} and \cs{IfPackageAtLeastTF} for checking class
+and package dates. We have now added \cs{IfFileAtLeastTF} to allow the
+same to happen for generic files which contain a \cs{ProvidesFile}
+line.
+%
+\githubissue{1015}
+
+\subsection{\cs{DeclareLowercaseMapping}, \cs{DeclareTitlecaseMapping}
+ and \cs{DeclareUppercaseMapping}\texorpdfstring{\raggedright}{}}
+
+The move from a case-changing approach using \cs{lccode} and \cs{uccode} data
+to one where information is stored by a kernel-managed structure left a gap in
+the ability of the user to \emph{tune} the case changing outcomes. This has now
+been addressed by the addition of three commands
+\begin{itemize}\tubcommand{\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
+ \item \cs{DeclareLowercaseMapping}
+ \item \cs{DeclareTitlecaseMapping}
+ \item \cs{DeclareUppercaseMapping}
+\end{itemize}
+which can be used to customise the outcome for codepoints. This can be applied
+generally or to a specific locale (see also the next section). A small number
+of pre-defined customisations have been set up in the kernel where the outcomes
+for \pdfTeX{} should be different for those from Unicode engines. For
+example
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareUppercaseMapping{"01F0}{\v{J}}
+\end{verbatim}
+allows \v{J} to be produced in 8-bit engines: without this customisation,
+an error would occur as there is no pre-composed \v{J} in Unicode. More detail
+is given in \texttt{usrguide}.
+%
+\githubissue{1033}
+
+\subsection{\cs{BCPdata}}
+
+Improvements in the Unicode handling for case changing have highlighted that
+the kernel has not to-date been locale-aware. The packages \pkg{babel} and
+\pkg{polyglossia} provide comprehensive locale support, but did not have
+an agreed unified interface to pass that information back to other code.
+Following discussion with the maintainers of those two bundles, the kernel
+now defines \cs{BCPdata} as a stub (so it is always defined), and \pkg{babel}
+and \pkg{polyglossia} will redefine it to provide the locale data. An agreed
+set of keywords mean that \cs{BCPdata} can be queried in a structured way
+by both the kernel and any other \enquote{consumer} packages.
+%
+\githubissue{1035}
+
+\subsection{Improve \cs{samepage}}
+
+The \cs{samepage} declaration sets various parameters to
+\texttt{10000} to prevent undesired page breaks. The
+\cs{predisplaypenalty} parameter has already by default a value of
+\texttt{10000}, and to save space in the past it was therefore not
+explicitly set. However, there are a few classes that change the
+parameter and as result the user might experience a page break in
+front of a display formula within the scope of \cs{samepage} when
+using such classes. This has now been corrected and
+\cs{predisplaypenalty} is also explicitly set to \texttt{10000}.
+%
+\githubissue{1022}
+
+\subsection{Groups in \cs{MakeUppercase}}
+%
+Prior to 2022, \cs{MakeUppercase} and \cs{MakeLowercase} used a brace
+group around their argument so providing a scope for any declarations
+within the argument. This grouping has been restored (also
+for \cs{MakeTitlecase}), although the underlying L3 text case commands do
+not use grouping.
+%
+\githubissue{1021}
+
+\subsection{Extension of the \cs{label} command}
+
+Previously, in standard \LaTeX{}, the \cs{label} command wrote a \cs{newlabel} declaration into
+the \texttt{.aux} file and stored two values in
+the second argument of this \cs{newlabel} command:
+\cs{@currentlabel}, which normally contains the state of the current
+counter and \cs{thepage} for the current page number.
+
+The packages \pkg{hyperref} and
+\pkg{nameref} then patched the \cs{label} command to store five values instead.
+In addition to the above they saved \cs{@currentlabelname}, which normally contains the
+current title text and can be retrieved with \cs{nameref}, and
+\cs{@currentHref}, which is the name of the destination needed to create an
+active link. The fifth argument was only used if external
+references were loaded with the \pkg{xr-hyper} package.
+
+Starting with this release, the number of values stored in \cs{newlabel} has been unified.
+\cs{label} now writes a
+\cs{newlabel} command that always contains five values in the second argument (each in a brace group):
+\cs{@currentlabel}, \cs{thepage}, \cs{@currentlabelname},
+\cs{@currentHref}, and \cs{@kernel@reserved@label@data} (which is reserved for the kernel).
+
+Additionally, a hook with the name \texttt{label} has been
+added. It takes one argument: the label string.
+Code added to the hook can refer to this argument with~\verb+#1+.
+The hook is executed directly before the \cs{label} command writes to the \texttt{.aux} file
+but \emph{after} the \cs{@bsphack} command has done its spacing magic, and it is located \emph{inside} a group; thus, its code only affects the write operation.
+
+\section{Code improvements}
+
+\subsection{Performance in checking file existence}
+
+The addition of hooks, etc., to file operations had a side effect of making
+multiple checks that the file existed. In larger documents using
+many files, these file system operations caused non-trivial performance
+impact. We now cache the existence of files, such that these repeated filesystem
+calls are avoided.
+
+\subsection{\pkg{doc}: Handle \texttt{\textbackslash\textvisiblespace} correctly in the index}
+
+Due to some problems in the code it wasn't possible to prevent
+\verb*=\ = from showing up in the index\Dash \verb=\DoNotIndex{\ }=, etc.\ had no effect. This has now been corrected.
+%
+\githubissue{943}
+
+
+\subsection{\pkg{doc}: Support the \pkg{upquote} package}
+
+The default quote and backquote characters in typewriter fonts are
+typographical quotes, e.g., the input
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \verb/`prog 'my input'`/
+\end{verbatim}
+ is rendered as \verb/`prog 'my input'`/ and not as
+%
+\begingroup % code to mimic upquote.sty
+\catcode`'=\active
+\catcode``=\active
+\makeatletter
+\g@addto@macro\@noligs
+ {\let'\textquotesingle
+ \let`\textasciigrave
+ \ifx\encodingdefault\upquote@OTone
+ \ifx\ttdefault\upquote@cmtt
+ \def'{\char13 }%
+ \def`{\char18 }%
+ \fi\fi}
+\endgroup
+%
+\verb/`prog 'my input'`/ as preferred by many programmers.
+
+This can be adjusted, for example, with the \pkg{upquote} package,
+which results in the second output. However, for historical reasons
+\pkg{doc} had its own definition of \cs{verb} and \env{verbatim} and
+as a consequence the two packages did not cooperate. This has now
+been fixed and loading \pkg{upquote} together with \pkg{doc} has the
+desired effect.
+%
+\githubissue{953}
+
+
+\subsection{Default definition for \cs{do}}
+
+The command \cs{do} with its nice public name is in reality an
+internal command inherited from plain \TeX{} for list
+processing. However, it only got a definition when
+\verb=\begin{document}= was executed, with a result that a user
+definition in the preamble was unconditionally overwritten at this
+point. To properly alert the user that this command is not freely
+available we now make a definition in the format, so that
+\cs{newcommand} and friends produce a proper error message instead of
+allowing a definition that doesn't last.
+%
+\githubissue{975}
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{New key for \env{filecontents}}
+
+The \env{filecontents} environment warns on the terminal if a file
+gets overwritten even if that is intentional,
+e.g., when you write a temporary file over and over again. To make
+the warning less noisy in this case we added a new \texttt{nowarn} key
+that redirects the overwriting warning to the transcript file. We
+think that some record of the action is still required to help with
+debugging, thus it is not completely silenced. The warning that
+nothing gets written, because the file already exists (and the
+\texttt{force} key was not used), is not altered and still shows up on
+the terminal.
+%
+\githubissue{958}
+
+
+\subsection{A further hook for shipping out pages}
+
+Since October 2020 the shipout process offers a number of hooks to
+adjust what is happening before, during, and after the
+\cs{shipout}. For example, with the \hook{shipout/before} hook, packages
+can reset code they have altered (e.g., \cs{catcode}s during
+verbatim-like processing) and with \hook{shipout/background} and
+\hook{shipout/foreground} material can be added to the pages.
+Details are given in \cite{37:ltshipout-doc}.
+
+However, still
+missing was a hook that allows a package writer to manipulate the
+completed page (with foreground and background attached) just before
+the actual shipout happens.
+For this we now provide the additional hook \hook{shipout}. One
+use case (sometimes needed in print production) is to mirror the
+whole page via \cs{reflectbox} including all the extra data that may
+have been added into the fore- or background.
+%
+\githubissue{920}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Displaying release information in the \texttt{.log}}
+
+\LaTeX{} displays its release information at the very beginning of the
+\LaTeX{} run on the terminal, and also writes it to the transcript file
+if that is already opened at this point. While this is normally true,
+it is not the case if the \LaTeX{} run was started passing additional
+\TeX{} code on the command line, e.g.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+pdflatex '\PassOptionsToClass{11pt}{article}
+ \input{myarticle}'
+\end{verbatim}
+In this case the release information is displayed when
+\cs{PassOptionsToClass} is processed but the transcript file is only
+opened when the output file name is known, i.e., after \cs{input} has
+been seen, and as a result the release information is only shown on
+the terminal.
+
+To account for this scenario, we now repeat the release information
+also at the very end of the transcript file where we can be sure that
+it is open and ready to receive material.
+%
+\githubissue{944}
+
+
+
+
+
+\section{Bug fixes}
+
+\subsection{Incompatibility between \pkg{doc} and \pkg{unicode-math}}
+
+The \pkg{unicode-math} package alters the catcode of \verb=|= but does
+not adjust its value for use in \pkg{doc}, with the result that
+\enquote{or} modules, i.e., $\langle A | B \rangle$ are displayed in a
+strange way. This is now fixed with some firstaid code that will
+eventually be moved into \pkg{unicode-math}.
+%
+\githubissue{820}
+
+
+\subsection{A fix for \cs{hspace}}
+
+The change to \cs{hspace}, done in 2020 to make it \pkg{calc}-aware,
+had the unfortunate side effect that starting a paragraph with
+\cs{hspace} would result in the execution of \cs{everypar} inside a
+group (i.e., any local changes would immediately be revoked, breaking,
+for example, \pkg{wrapfig} in that special situation).
+%
+This got fixed with the 2022-11 PL1 hotfix, so was already corrected in
+the previous release, but is only now documented in the newsletter.
+%
+\githubissue{967}
+
+\subsection{Ensure that \cs{cs} is defined in \cls{ltxdoc}}
+
+The class \cls{ltxdoc} defined the command \cs{cs} to typeset a
+command name with a backslash in front. This definition was moved to
+the \pkg{doc} package itself. This meant that it was suddenly missing
+when reverting to the old \pkg{doc} package implementation via the
+class option \texttt{doc2}. This has now been corrected.
+%
+\githubissue{981}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Improve spacing at top of \env{minipages}}
+
+A list and several other document elements add some vertical space in
+front of them. However this should not happen at the beginning of a
+box (such as a \env{minipage}) and normally it doesn't, because
+\TeX{} automatically drops such space at the start of a vertical
+list. However, if there is some invisible material, such as a
+\cs{color} command, a \pkg{hyperref} anchor, a \cs{write} or
+other such items, then the list is no longer empty and \TeX{} no longer
+drops the vertical space.
+
+With the new paragraph handling introduced in 2021 it is now finally
+possible to detect and avoid this problem and apply appropriate
+counter measures so that from now on the spacing will always be
+correct.
+%
+\githubissue{989}
+
+
+\subsection{A fix for \cs{NewCommandCopy} and \cs{ShowCommand}}
+
+When copying and showing definitions of (non-expandable) document commands
+(a.k.a.\ commands defined by \cs{NewDocumentCommand} and friends) containing empty
+or only \texttt{m}-type arguments, these commands were wrongly recognized as
+expandable ones.
+This is fixed in the present \LaTeX{} release.
+%
+\githubissue{1009}
+
+\subsection{Corrections for switching math version}
+Some internal code improvements improve support for switching math version
+when nested within an outer math expression.
+This will improve \cs{boldsymbol} and \cs{bm} and similar commands.
+%
+\githubissue{1028}
+
+\subsection{Allow par as a filename}
+\verb|\input{par}| or \verb|\includegraphics{par}| could give spurious
+errors. This has been fixed by making an internal command \cs{long}.
+%
+\githubissue{942}
+
+\subsection{Correct setting of \cs{endlinechar} in \texttt{+v} arguments}
+In the particular case of a document command with a \texttt{+v}-type
+argument used inside \cs{ExplSyntaxOn}\texttt{/Off}, newlines would be
+misinterpreted as spaces because the value of \cs{endlinechar} was
+set too late. This has been fixed, and now newlines are correctly
+translated to ``\verb|the character ^^M|''.
+%
+\githubissue{876}
+
+\subsection{Correct handling of hooks with only `next' code}
+When \cs{AddToHookNext} was used on a not-yet-declared hook, that hook
+would be incorrectly identified as empty by \cs{ShowHook}. Also, if
+that hook was later declared, that `next' code would not be executed.
+This has been fixed by correctly initializing the hook structure when
+\cs{AddToHookNext} is used.
+%
+\githubissue{1052}
+
+\subsection{Ignoring space after \texttt{\$\$}}
+Space is normally ignored after a closing \texttt{\$\$},
+but internal \LaTeX{} font handling code could interfere if
+\cs{eqno} was used. \cs{eqno} and \cs{leqno} have been redefined
+to add \cs{ignorespaces} after the math group.
+%
+\githubissue{1059}
+
+\section{Documentation improvements}
+
+\subsection{Updates to the guides}
+
+When \LaTeXe{} was released, the team provided documentation for both document
+authors and package/class developers in the two files \texttt{usrguide} and
+\texttt{clsguide}. Over time, the team have augmented these documents as new
+methods have been added to the kernel. However, they retained their structure
+as assuming familiarity with \LaTeX{}~2.09. This meant that for new users,
+there was material which is no longer relevant, and less clarity than desirable
+regarding the approaches that are recommended today.
+
+The two files have now been (partially) re-written, with the versions available
+previously now frozen as \texttt{usrguide-historic} and \texttt{clsguide-historic}.
+More material has been carried forward in the class/package guide than in the
+user guide, but both are worth a re-read by experienced \LaTeX{} users.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Displaying the exact release dates for \LaTeX{}}
+
+In some situations it is necessary to find out the exact release dates
+for older versions of the \LaTeX{} format, for example, when you need
+to use different code in a package depending on the availability of a
+certain feature and you therefore want to use
+\cs{IfFormatAtLeastTF}\texttt\{\meta{date}\texttt\} or the
+rather horrible construction \verb/\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{/\meta{date}\texttt\},
+if you
+want to cater for formats that are older than 2020.
+
+Or you know that your package is definitely not going to work with a
+format before a certain \meta{date}, in which case you could use
+\verb/\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[/\meta{date}\texttt] to ensure that
+users are alerted if their format is too old.
+
+The big problem is knowing the exact \meta{date} to put into such
+commands; in the past, that was not that easy to find. You could have
+looked in the file \file{changes.txt}, but that is hidden somewhere
+in your installation and if you try
+\verb/texdoc -l changes.txt/ you get more than thirty results and the %*
+right file is by no means the first.
+
+Yukai Chou (\textsf{@muzimuzhi}) kindly provided a patch for this, so that we now have
+the exact dates for each \LaTeX{} format listed in an easy to remember
+place: in \file{ltnews.pdf} and that file conveniently also contains all major
+features and changes to \LaTeX{} over the years\Dash one of which is
+most likely the reason you need the \meta{date} in the first
+place.
+
+The date is now given in parentheses in the newsletter title, thus this
+newsletter tells you that on
+%
+\makeatletter
+\mbox{\expandafter\@gobblenonyear\@year\@nil
+ -\@julianmonthtonum\@month-\two@digits\@day}
+\makeatother
+%
+the command
+\cs{NewEnvironmentCopy}, a new \texttt{shipout} hook, etc.\ was made
+available. And looking into \file{ltnews.pdf} you can now easily find
+out that the \LaTeX3 programming layer was added on 2020-02-02
+(because the date was so nice) and not on the first of the month.
+%
+\githubissue{982}
+
+\subsection{Fresh from the press:\ \enquote{The \LaTeX{} Companion, third~edition} is now in print}
+
+The third edition of \emph{The \LaTeX{} Companion} is now
+available. This is the result of five years of careful work and we hope
+that it will provide our readers with all the information they need to
+successfully navigate the \LaTeX{} ecosystem and efficiently produce
+beautiful documents.
+
+Since the publication of the last edition (2004), a lot has happened in
+the \LaTeX{} world and thus a complete rewrite was necessary. All
+chapters have been thoroughly revised, and in many cases significantly
+extended, to describe new important functionality and features. More
+than 5,000 add-on packages have been analyzed in detail, out of which
+roughly 10\% have been chosen for inclusion in \emph{The \LaTeX{}
+Companion}. All important aspects of these packages are described to
+provide the user once again with a satisfying one-stop–shop experience
+for the decade to come.
+
+To cover what we thought worth describing today, the book nearly
+doubled in size. The print edition is therefore produced as a
+two-volume set and sold as a bundle. Both volumes come as hardcover
+with ribbons to easily mark pages in the book.
+
+To give you an idea of what is covered in the third edition you can
+find some excerpts at
+\begin{quote}
+\url{https://www.latex-project.org/news/2023/03/17/TLC3}
+\end{quote}
+
+The edition is also available as an eBook (Parts~I and~II combined)
+consisting of PDF and ePub format, without DRM\@. Finally, the publisher
+offers the combination of the printed books and the digital versions at
+a very attractive price not available anywhere else.
+
+%% bb -- add reference to TUGboat review here
+
+
+%\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{amsmath} category}
+
+%\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{graphics} category}
+
+\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{tools} category}
+
+
+\subsection{\pkg{multicol}: Better support for CJK languages}
+
+The default minimum depth of each column in a \env{multicols}
+corresponds to the depth of a \enquote{p} in the current font. This
+helps to get some uniformity if rules are used between the columns and
+makes sense for Latin-based languages. Until now it was hard-wired,
+but for CJK (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) languages it is better to use a zero depth, because there
+all characters have the same height and depth. And even with
+Latin-based languages one might want to use the depth of a \cs{strut}
+or that of a parenthesis. So we now offer a way to adjust this while
+maintaining backward compatibility: redefine
+\cs{multicolmindepthstring} to hold whatever you want to get measured
+for its depth (the width is not relevant).
+%
+\githubissue{698}
+
+
+\subsection{\pkg{multicol}: Fix handling of nested environments}
+
+If \env{multicols} environments have been nested into each other (the
+inner one boxed) it could fail if the boxed environment appeared near a
+page break. The problem was that the output routine was called while
+the \cs{hsize} was still altered to fit the column width of the inner
+\env{multicols} --- thereby messing up the placement of columns of the
+page. This has now been fixed.
+%
+\githubissue{1002}
+
+
+
+%\medskip
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+
+%\fontsize{9.3}{11.3}\selectfont
+
+\bibitem{37:ltshipout-doc} Frank Mittelbach, \LaTeX{}~Project~Team:
+ \emph{The~\texttt{\upshape ltshipout} documentation}.\\
+ Run \texttt{texdoc} \texttt{ltshipout-doc} to view.
+
+\bibitem{37:lthooks-doc} Frank Mittelbach, Phelype Oleinik, \LaTeX{}~Project~Team:
+ \emph{\LaTeX's hook management}.\\
+ Run \texttt{texdoc} \texttt{lthooks-doc} to view.
+
+%\bibitem{37:blueprint} Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley:
+% \emph{\LaTeX{} Tagged PDF \Dash A blueprint for a large project}.\\
+% \url{https://latex-project.org/publications/indexbyyear/2020/}
+
+%\bibitem{37:source2e}
+% \emph{\LaTeX{} documentation on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\
+% \url{https://latex-project.org/help/documentation/}
+
+%\bibitem{37:Lamport}
+%Leslie Lamport.
+%\newblock {\LaTeX}: {A} Document Preparation System: User's Guide and Reference
+% Manual.
+%\newblock \mbox{Addison}-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA, 2nd edition, 1994.
+%\newblock ISBN 0-201-52983-1.
+%\newblock Reprinted with corrections in 1996.
+%
+%\bibitem{37:ltnews32} \LaTeX{} Project Team:
+% \emph{\LaTeXe{} news 32}.\\
+% \url{https://latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews32.pdf}
+%
+%\bibitem{37:ltnews34} \LaTeX{} Project Team:
+% \emph{\LaTeXe{} news 34}.\\
+% \url{https://latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews34.pdf}
+%
+%\bibitem{37:ltnews35} \LaTeX{} Project Team:
+% \emph{\LaTeXe{} news 35}.\\
+% \url{https://latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews35.pdf}
+%
+%\bibitem{37:fntguide} \LaTeX{} Project Team:
+% \emph{\LaTeXe{} font selection}.\\
+% \url{https://latex-project.org/help/documentation/}
+%
+%\bibitem{37:ltfilehook-doc} Frank Mittelbach, Phelype Oleinik, \LaTeX{}~Project~Team:
+% \emph{The \texttt{\upshape ltfilehook} documentation}.\\
+% Run \texttt{texdoc} \texttt{ltfilehook-doc} to view.
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltpara-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltpara-code.pdf
index 2ad8d90eabd..4ca5193aa22 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltpara-code.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltpara-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltpara-doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltpara-doc.pdf
index 31ac4d07144..1f47fc92db1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltpara-doc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltpara-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.pdf
index efc6444c482..6209463f899 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf
index a2d210dda00..86bd5776038 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf
index 368f3162ad8..1756ab795ea 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.tex
index 13231da8180..096fa2db9a3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf
index aae8871c68d..e3c23c97ec5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf
index 139accd18f7..677cf80b007 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manifest.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manifest.txt
index d63945fa0e3..22791a24949 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manifest.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manifest.txt
@@ -27,7 +27,8 @@
% sample2e.tex -- Sample LaTeX input file.
% small2e.tex -- Small sample LaTeX input file.
%
-% clsguide.tex -- How to write class files.
+% clsguide.tex -- How to write class files.
+% clsguide-historic.tex -- How to write class files with a focus on moving from 2.09.
% cfgguide.tex -- Guide to using `.cfg' files to configure LaTeX.
% cyrguide.tex -- Guide to using cyrillic languages in LaTeX.
% encguide.tex -- Guide to font encodings.
@@ -71,12 +72,15 @@
% ltnews33.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2021/06.
% ltnews34.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2021/11.
% ltnews35.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2022/06.
+% ltnews36.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2022/11.
+% ltnews37.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2023/06.
%
% ltx3info.tex -- Information about the LaTeX3 project.
%
% lamport-manual.err -- Errata for the LaTeX Manual book, second edition.
% tlc2.err -- Errata for the LaTeX Companion, second edition.
+% tlc3.err -- Errata for the LaTeX Companion, third edition.
% lb2.err -- Errata for the LaTeX-Begleiter, 2te erw. Auflage (German).
% lgc2.err -- Errata for the LaTeX Graphics Companion, second edition.
% webcomp.err -- Errata for the LaTeX Web Companion.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf
index f74e0c15f78..92c662c2f30 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.tex
index 3474d8a5fc1..332b609ab31 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995, \LaTeX\ Project Team.\\
All rights reserved.%
- \footnote{This file may distributed and/or modified under the
+ \footnote{This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the \LaTeX{} Project Public License, either version 1.3c
of this license or (at your option) any later version. See the source
texttt{modguide.tex} for full details.}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/nfssfont.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/nfssfont.pdf
index 4b657e0f39e..d08548d0eb6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/nfssfont.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/nfssfont.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf
index c99e5989d7d..8f28a58bdcc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf
index cf5f4f9794a..f294fcc6a66 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf
index 49fcdd0ada4..4598e87180e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf
index b837332107a..2aa83c36240 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex
index 797304e8d65..873daebb4de 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf
index 6c9ca642735..9d15389b26a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.err
index 8925a8bee1e..5b01ff0513e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.err
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.err
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-\newcommand\erratafiledate{2022-01-03}
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{2023-01-08}
\def\comando#1{\texttt{\string#1}}
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ you own by changing the configuration in the file \texttt{\jobname.cfg}.
\end{center}
Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our book.
-For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 6
+For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 5
periods) to the eligible person who finds the largest
number of bugs during that period (in case of a draw a random choice
will be made between all those with the largest number of findings).
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt]
2005/10 & Daniel Alonso i Alemany & 13 suggestions\\
2006/04 & Michael Schutte & 2 suggestions\\
2008/05 & Brooks Moses & 1 suggestion \\
-\ldots & -- final draw eventually --
+ & -- final draw was 2008/05 --
\end{tabular}
\end{center}
\end{list}
@@ -2185,6 +2185,8 @@ Change: ``The unaccented ASCII Latin letters and Arabic
|\dag| and |\ddag| are |\mathord|s not |\mathbin| as claimed in table
8.13.
+ Frank: This is actually correct nowadays (maybe it wasn't in 2008)
+
\seriouserroronpage{529}{table 8.12, l.3}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
\verb=\mathring{x}= is missing its accent.
@@ -2202,6 +2204,9 @@ Change: ``The unaccented ASCII Latin letters and Arabic
aren't (as claimed in legend) synonyms of |\dagger|
and |\ddagger| respectively.
+ Frank: This is actually correct nowadays (maybe it wasn't in 2008)
+
+
\erroronpage{531}{table 8.15}{BMo/FMi}{2004/05/21}{2}
The commands starting with |\var...| are only partially in blue to
indicate their relationship with those commands missing the ``var'' in their
@@ -2236,10 +2241,6 @@ Change: ``The unaccented ASCII Latin letters and Arabic
Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
entries.
-\erroronpage{553}{para 3, l.1}{EOl}{2022/01/02}{}
- Missing letter: ``sup\u{p}ressing''
-
-
\iffalse % more blue align stuff
\erroronpage{534}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned (horizontally).
@@ -2332,6 +2333,10 @@ Plural: ``Clearly, 8 bits \u{are} not sufficient\ldots''
respectively %(ref: TB 14-3-252-259)
+\erroronpage{553}{para 3, l.1}{EOl}{2022/01/02}{}
+ Missing letter: ``sup\u{p}ressing''
+
+
\seriouserroronpage{553}{para 4}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
Replace with: ``Another popular shorthand is |"-|, which indicates a
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf
index e82f587b19c..3d93429fbc3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc3.err b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc3.err
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b7e2c1c0fde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc3.err
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{2023-05-30}
+
+\def\comando#1{\texttt{\string#1}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%
+% The current version of this file can be found at:
+%
+% https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls}
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1997-2021 Frank Mittelbach
+%% This class file is licensed under LPPL latest version;
+%% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl
+%
+%
+% It sets up a few commands used to format the errata entries for books in the
+% Addison-Wesley Series:
+%
+% Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
+%
+% hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for
+% errata files of other books.
+%
+% Changes:
+%
+% v1.0a - changed name from errata.cls to ttcterrata.cls
+% v1.0b - added \arraybackslash
+% v1.0c - and took it out again and used \tabularnewline instead
+
+\ProvidesClass{ttcterrata}
+ [2021/08/03 v1.0c Mini class for errata files; subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \let\endgobble\egroup
+ \let\hideamp\relax
+ \let\\\relax
+ \let\tabularnewline\relax
+ \let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+ \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
+ \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+ \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+ \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+ \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+ {
+ \input{\jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \AtEndDocument{
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+ \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+ \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+ \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ }}
+ {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \tabularnewline
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \tabularnewline
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+ &\tabularnewline[4pt]%
+ \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \tabularnewline}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+ {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+ {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+ \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
+ (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
+ with different config settings)
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
+%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
+%%% too many :-)
+
+\def\count@contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
+ \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
+%%% also count secondary:
+%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \tabularnewline
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \count@contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \tabularnewline
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
+ \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par}
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of
+%
+% The LaTeX Companion, Third Edition, Parts I & II
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries for a particular
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2023/04/01}
+
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you
+% have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already
+% corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata
+% listing.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the x-th
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+%
+
+\renewcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+% italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
+
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+% default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\documentclass{ttcterrata}[2005/11/10] % we want new class
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\let\u\underline % shortcut for this file
+\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$}
+
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+
+\usepackage{url}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Companion, Third Edition, Parts I \& II}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+@book(A-W:MF:2023,
+ author = {Frank Mittelbach and Ulrike Fischer},
+ title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion},
+ edition = 3,
+ note = {With contributions by Javier Bezos, Johannes Braams, and Joseph Wright},
+ series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+ address = {Boston, Massachusetts},
+ year = 2023,
+ pagenums = {976 (Part I) and 1008 (Part II)},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+ isbn = {978-0-13-816648-9},
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
+\item[]
+
+This file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found as part of the \LaTeX{}
+distribution and its latest version is maintained on the \LaTeX{}
+project site at \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/\jobname.err}
+where you will also find extracts of the book.
+
+The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata
+entry. Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed
+revision in which this entry was corrected (\textit{s} indicates a
+correction in the sources only). The second
+column gives the precise location (negative line or paragraph numbers
+are counted from the bottom of the page). The third column shows the
+first finder of the problem.
+
+You can customize this list to only show errata related to the printing
+you own by changing the configuration in the file \texttt{\jobname.cfg}.
+
+\begin{center}
+ \Large \bfseries To Err is Human --- Bug Contest
+\end{center}
+
+Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our book.
+For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 5
+periods) to the eligible person who finds the largest
+number of bugs during that period (in case of a draw a random choice
+will be made between all those with the largest number of findings).
+A person can receive at most one prize, ever; errors found by any of
+the authors do not count.
+
+Each prize is a free choice of any single computing book found on the
+Addison-Wesley/Pearson web site:
+\texttt{https://www.informit.com} (that
+is, no boxed sets or multiple volume offers).
+
+
+As usual, the authors and publisher reserve the right to make various
+decisions such as whether a reported feature is an error for
+competitive purposes or whether similar features count as a single or
+multiple errors. ---
+Good luck!
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{clr}
+Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt]
+2023/?? & & ??? suggestions\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+
+Due to its size the third edition of \textit{The \LaTeX{} Companion} is printed
+as a two-volume set. The digital version, however, is provided as a
+single PDF or ePub. This means that a small fraction of the digital
+content differs from that of the printed version: there is only a
+single font matter, a single bibliography, and a single index, whereas
+in the printed books these are separated out. However, all versions share the main
+matter (down to the page numbering) so most of the errata applies to
+all versions, but a few only to the digital and some only to the
+printed version. Thus, we end up with three separate lists.
+
+
+\end{list}
+
+%\newpage
+
+
+%<--------------------------
+
+\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
+\newcommand\cs[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}}
+\newcommand\env[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand\pkg[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+
+\section*{Errata for the print version (not applicable to the digital version)}
+
+The printed books differ from the digital version in that the
+bibliography is split across both volumes (with a few repeats) and that
+the font matter of each volume has its own table of contents and list
+of figures and tables. Therefore these parts have different page
+numbers and you will see similar errata entries for both print and
+digital differing only in that respect.
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+\CHAPTER{Front matter (Part I)}
+
+\erroronpage{I-ix\ldots I-xvi}{}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Dot leaders have been changed on all sections.
+
+\erroronpage{I-xvii}{chapter head}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+formulas \> \u{F}ormulas
+
+\erroronpage{I-xvii}{chapter head}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+documents \> \u{D}ocuments
+
+\erroronpage{I-xvii}{chapter head}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+beyond \> \u{B}eyond
+
+\erroronpage{I-xx\ldots I-xxi}{}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Dot leaders have been changed on all sections.
+
+\CHAPTER{Bibliography (Part I)}
+
+\erroronpage{I-783}{[55], l.-2}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+all \> \u{them} all
+
+\erroronpage{I-785}{[73], l.-2}{kb/bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+the go-forward way for \LaTeX-coding \> \\
+the way for \LaTeX{} coding going forward
+
+\erroronpage{I-786}{[87], l.2}{kb/bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+p. \> pp.
+
+\erroronpage{I-786}{[88], l.2}{kb/bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+p. \> pp.
+
+\erroronpage{I-787}{[92], l.2}{kb/bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Add: Vancouver, 1999
+
+\erroronpage{I-788}{[100], l.3}{kb/bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Publishing \> Publishing\u{,}
+
+\erroronpage{I-790}{[122], l.1}{kb/bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+In \u{ACM editor} ``Proceedings \> In ``\u{PODC'01: }Proceedings
+
+\erroronpage{I-790}{[122], l.1}{kb/bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+In \u{Unicode Consortium, editor} \> In
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Front matter (Part II)}
+
+\erroronpage{II-x\ldots II-xxviii}{}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Dot leaders have been changed on all sections.
+
+\erroronpage{II-xiv}{heading}{bb/FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Multiple alignments: \env{align} \u{and \env{flalign}}
+\>\\
+Multiple alignments: \env{align}\u{, \env{flalign}, and \env{alignat}}
+
+\erroronpage{II-xv}{chapter head}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+formulas \> \u{F}ormulas
+
+\erroronpage{II-xvi}{chapter head}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+documents \> \u{D}ocuments
+
+\erroronpage{II-xxi}{chapter head}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+beyond \> \u{B}eyond
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Bibliography (Part II)}
+
+\erroronpage{II-799}{[43], l.-2}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+all \> \u{them} all
+
+\erroronpage{II-801}{[62], l.-2}{kb/bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+the go-forward way for \LaTeX-coding \>\\
+the way for \LaTeX{} coding going forward
+
+\erroronpage{II-802}{[71], l.2}{kb/bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+p. \> pp.
+
+\erroronpage{II-802}{[72], l.2}{kb/bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+p. \> pp.
+
+\erroronpage{II-803}{[80], l.3}{kb/bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Publishing \> Publishing\u{,}
+
+
+
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+%<--------------------------
+
+\section*{Errata for the digital version (not applicable to the print version)}
+
+All known errors to the digital version have already been incorporated in the product as distributed.
+
+%\begin{erratalist}
+%
+%\CHAPTER{General}
+%
+%\CHAPTER{Front matter}
+%
+%\end{erratalist}
+
+
+%<--------------------------
+
+
+\section*{Errata common to the print and digital versions}
+
+The main matter is identical (also in page numbers) in the print and
+the digital versions. Therefore most errata entries appear in this
+section.
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{General}
+
+\erroronpage{}{}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Some corrections result in index changes. These are not tracked here;
+the index is always fully regenerated for new printings.
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 1 --- Introduction}
+
+\erroronpage{I-5}{para 4, l.4}{kb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+\u{of} the bugs \> \u{with} the bugs
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+\erroronpage{I-5}{para 5, l.5}{kb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+not least \> \u{but} not least
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 2 --- The Structure of a \LaTeX{} Document}
+
+\erroronpage{I-34}{l.-1}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Moved first line of page 35 to 34.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{I-35}{l.1}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Moved first line of page 35 to 34.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{I-113}{listing}{FMi}{2023/05/14}{s}
+Situation is the same in the 2023 distributions; listing output updated.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 3 --- Basic Formatting Tools -- Paragraph \ldots}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 4 --- Basic Formatting Tools -- Larger \ldots}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 5 --- The Layout of the Page}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 6 --- Tabular Material}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 7 --- Mastering Floats}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 8 --- Graphics Generation and Manipulation}
+
+\erroronpage{I-619}{para -2, l.2}{FMi}{2023/05/30}{s}
+in \u{light blue} \> in \u{red}
+
+\erroronpage{I-619}{exa 8-4-7}{FMi}{2023/05/30}{s}
+The example uses \verb*/left color=red!20/ but this is not really
+visible if the red is turned into some gray value in the book (which
+is then made even lighter through \texttt{!20}). So it is better to
+start from full red, i.e., \> \verb*/left color=red/ instead.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 9 --- Font Selection and Encodings}
+
+\erroronpage{I-669}{exa 9-3-11}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Changed line breaks in example.
+
+\erroronpage{I-708}{listing}{FMi}{2023/05/14}{s}
+Situation is the same in the 2023 distributions; listing output updated.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 10 --- Text and Symbol Fonts}
+
+\erroronpage{II-114}{table 10.89}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Added missing \texttt{U+00Fx} line.
+There was a bug in code generating it.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-117}{table 10.92}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Added missing \texttt{U+00Fx} line.
+There was a bug in code generating it.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-121}{table 10.96}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Added missing \texttt{U+00Fx} line.
+There was a bug in code generating it.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-122}{table 10.98}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Added missing \texttt{U+00Fx} line.
+There was a bug in code generating it.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-122}{table 10.99}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Added missing \texttt{U+00Fx} line.
+There was a bug in code generating it.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-123}{table 10.100}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Added missing \texttt{U+00Fx} line.
+There was a bug in code generating it.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-124}{table 10.103}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Added missing \texttt{U+00Fx} line.
+There was a bug in code generating it.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 11 --- Higher Mathematics}
+
+\erroronpage{II-127}{para 1, l.5}{bb/FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+\u{The} American Mathematical Society (AMS) \u{provides} a major
+package, \pkg{amsmath}, which \u{makes} \ldots
+\>\\
+\u{In the early nineties the} American Mathematical Society (AMS)
+\u{provided} a major package, \pkg{amsmath}, which \u{made} \ldots
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-129}{para -3, l.1}{bb/FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+The principal documentation for these packages
+\>\\
+The principal documentation for these \u{two} packages
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+\erroronpage{II-129}{para -1, l.3}{bb}{2023/04/04}{s}
+\u{lot} additions \> \u{many} additions
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+\erroronpage{II-132}{table 11.1}{bb/FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Also mention \env{alignat}, \env{alignat*}, and \env{alignedat}.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-133}{para 4,l.2}{bb/FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Add:
+
+Furthermore, they move the equation tag out of the way if it would
+otherwise overprint the formula.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-138}{heading}{bb/FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Multiple alignments: \env{align} \u{and \env{flalign}}
+\>
+Multiple alignments: \env{align}\u{, \env{flalign}, and \env{alignat}}
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-138}{}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Moved para from 139 to end of this page.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-139}{para 1}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Moved para back to page 138.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-139}{bottom}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Add:
+
+Sometimes it is more convenient to explicitly specify all the
+horizontal spacing yourself within the formula. For this you can use
+an \env{alignat} environment. It differs from \env{align} in two ways: you have to
+specify the number of \texttt{rl} pairs as an argument to the environment and
+it does not add any spaces between the pairs, e.g.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{alignat}{3} x &= y &\qquad X &= Y &\qquad a &= b+c \\ ...
+\end{verbatim}
+As usual, equation numbers can be altered with \cs{tag} or suppressed with \cs{notag}.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+\erroronpage{II-140}{para 1, l.2}{bb/FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Add:
+
+Do not forget to reset \cs{minalignsep} if you change it in this manner.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-140}{para 2, l.4}{bb/FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Add:
+
+You can think of them as subsidiary environments that can be used
+within any of the display environments discussed so far (below we use
+them inside equation).
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-140}{para -1}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Paragraph moved to page 141.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-141}{}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+One paragraph moved over from page 140.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-144}{para 2, l.-3}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+the issue \> the \u{spacing} issue
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-145}{para 2, l.1}{bb/FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Add:
+
+Another problem is that an empty line introduces an unwanted break
+point in front of the display, thus \cs{predisplaypenalty} is no
+longer honored.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 12 --- Fonts in Formulas}
+
+\erroronpage{II-225}{heading}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Chapter title not properly capitalized.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\erroronpage{II-261}{para 3, l.3}{FMi}{2023/05/26}{s}
+Yoda spoke it seems: \ldots \u{and compare we should} \>
+\ldots \u{and you should compare}
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 13 --- Localizing Documents}
+
+\erroronpage{II-297}{heading}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Chapter title not properly capitalized.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 14 --- Index Generation}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 15 --- Bibliography Generation}
+
+\erroronpage{II-435}{code}{FMi}{2023/05/26}{s}
+\verb=\textcolor{See= \> \verb=\textcolor{blue}{See=
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 16 --- Managing Citations}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 17 --- \LaTeX{} Package Documentation Tools}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix A --- \LaTeX{} Overview for Preamble, \ldots}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix B --- Tracing and Resolving Problems}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix C --- Going Beyond}
+
+\erroronpage{II-297}{heading}{FMi}{2023/04/04}{s}
+Appendix title not properly capitalized.
+\\ Already corrected in the digital version.
+
+\CHAPTER{Biographies}
+
+\CHAPTER{Production Notes}
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+
+
+
+\setcounter{collectmore}{3}
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
+ omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
+\contributor{bb}{Barbara Beeton}
+\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
+\contributor{kb}{Karl Berry}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+Other people have sent us corrections for errors already found.
+Thanks to all of you!
+
+If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors, e.g.,
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+ frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org
+\end{quote}
+preferably in a form usable directly in this file, i.e.,
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|%
+ \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\
+ \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the erratum}
+\end{flushleft}
+Here is an example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{5}{para 3, l.1}{FMi}{2023/06/21}{}
+ \u{LaTeX} \> \u{\LaTeX}
+\end{verbatim}
+\verb=\u= underlines a text fragment and \verb=\>= produces \>.
+\end{document}
+
+
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
+
+ To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed
+ exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential
+ for correctly understanding the book contents.
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{}
+
+ Due to the printing process there may be small alignment problems
+ between blue and black text on some pages. These can vary from book
+ to book depending on how the paper was handled between print
+ runs---such is the analog nature of printing on a press.
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc3.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..83605eb82fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tulm.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tulm.pdf
index 990eba766bb..d1bf3b1a884 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tulm.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tulm.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide-historic.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide-historic.pdf
index ba663260c96..629e70e7bd4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide-historic.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide-historic.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide-historic.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide-historic.tex
index ce35aaa77c6..40865a2be91 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide-historic.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide-historic.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 1993-2022
+% Copyright (C) 1993-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2022, \LaTeX\ Project Team.\\
All rights reserved.%
- \footnote{This file may distributed and/or modified under the
+ \footnote{This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the \LaTeX{} Project Public License, either version 1.3c
of this license or (at your option) any later version. See the source
\texttt{usrguide.tex} for full details.}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf
index 3bcdae30352..c9d445ae8a2 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex
index 32e12a13977..42d5e401f8b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2020-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2020-2023
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
%
@@ -32,17 +32,18 @@
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % needed for \textbackslash in tt
\usepackage{csquotes}
+\usepackage{url}
\title{\LaTeX\ for authors --- current version}
-\author{\copyright~Copyright 2020-2022, \LaTeX\ Project Team.\\
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 2020-2023, \LaTeX\ Project Team.\\
All rights reserved.%
- \footnote{This file may distributed and/or modified under the
+ \footnote{This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the \LaTeX{} Project Public License, either version 1.3c
of this license or (at your option) any later version. See the source
\texttt{usrguide.tex} for full details.}%
}
-\date{2022-07-05}
+\date{2023-05-23}
\NewDocumentCommand\cs{m}{\texttt{\textbackslash\detokenize{#1}}}
\NewDocumentCommand\marg{m}{\arg{#1}}
@@ -340,6 +341,12 @@ in \pkg{amsmath} environments, which in the terms here would be defined as
\NewDocumentCommand\\{!s !o}{ ... }
\end{verbatim}
+Also notable when using optional arguments in the last position is that \TeX{}
+will necessarily look ahead for the argument opening token. This means that
+the value of |\inputlineno| will be `out by one' if such a trailing optional
+argument is \emph{not} present and the command ends a line; it will be one
+greater than the line number containing the last mandatory argument.
+
\subsection{`Embellishments'}
\label{sec:cmd:embellishment}
@@ -636,7 +643,19 @@ processed argument can be further processed using a mapping function
If only a single character \meta{token} is used for the split, any
category code $13$ (active) character matching the \meta{token} will
be replaced before the split takes place.
-Spaces are trimmed at each end of each item parsed.
+Spaces are trimmed at each end of each item parsed. Exactly one set
+of braces will be stripped if an entire item is surrounded by them,
+i.e.~the following inputs and outputs result (each separte item as
+a brace group).
+\begin{verbatim}
+a ==> {a}
+{a} ==> {a}
+{a}b ==> {{a}b}
+a,b ==> {a}{b}
+{a},b ==> {a}{b}
+a,{b} ==> {a}{b}
+a,{b}c ==> {a}{{b}c}
+\end{verbatim}
\begin{decl}
|\ProcessList| \arg{list} \arg{function}
@@ -716,7 +735,7 @@ put that code at the end of the \meta{start code}. Nevertheless this
Environments that use this feature can be nested.
-\subsection{Fully-expandable document commands}
+\subsection{Fully-expandable document commands\label{sec:ltcmd:expandable}}
Document commands created using \cs{NewDocumentCommand}, etc.\@, are normally
created so that they do not expand unexpectedly. This is done using engine
@@ -724,7 +743,7 @@ features, so is more powerful than \LaTeXe{}'s \cs{protect} mechanism. There
are \emph{very rare} occasion when it may be useful to create functions using a
expansion-only grabber. This imposes a number of restrictions on the
nature of the arguments accepted by a function, and the code it implements.
-This facility should only be used when \emph{absolutely necessary}.
+This facility should only be used when \emph{necessary}.
\begin{decl}
|\NewExpandableDocumentCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{arg spec} \arg{code} \\
@@ -755,6 +774,25 @@ available:
in the standard version.
\end{itemize}
+\subsection{Commands at the start of tabular cells}
+
+Creating commands that are used at the start of tabular cells imposes
+some restrictions on the underlying implementation. The standard \LaTeX{}
+tabular environments (\texttt{tabular}, etc.) use a mechanism which requires
+that any command wrapping \cs{multicolumn} or similar must be
+`expandable'. This is \emph{not} the case for commands created using
+\cs{NewDocumentCommand}, etc., which as detailed in
+Section~\ref{sec:ltcmd:expandable} use an engine feature which prevents
+such `expansion'. Therefore, to create such wrappers for use at the start
+of tabular cells, you must use \cs{NewExpandableDocumentCommand}, for example
+\begin{verbatim}
+\NewExpandableDocumentCommand\MyMultiCol{m}{\multicolumn{3}{c}{#1}}
+\begin{tabular}{lcr}
+a & b & c \\
+\MyMultiCol{stuff} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{verbatim}
+
\subsection{Details about argument delimiters}
In normal (non-expandable) commands, the delimited types look for the
@@ -844,28 +882,28 @@ The argument specifications for document commands and environments are
available for examination and use.
\begin{decl}
- |\GetDocumentCommandArgSpec| \arg{function} \\
+ |\GetDocumentCommandArgSpec| \arg{cmd} \\
|\GetDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec| \arg{environment}
\end{decl}
These functions transfer the current argument specification for the
-requested \meta{function} or \meta{environment} into the token list
-variable \cs{ArgumentSpecification}. If the \meta{function} or
+requested \meta{cmd} or \meta{environment} into the token list
+variable \cs{ArgumentSpecification}. If the \meta{cmd} or
\meta{environment} has no known argument specification then an error
is issued. The assignment to \cs{ArgumentSpecification} is local to
the current \TeX{} group.
\begin{decl}
- |\ShowDocumentCommandArgSpec| \arg{function} \\
+ |\ShowDocumentCommandArgSpec| \arg{cmd} \\
|\ShowDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec| \arg{environment}
\end{decl}
These functions show the current argument specification for the
-requested \meta{function} or \meta{environment} at the terminal. If
-the \meta{function} or \meta{environment} has no known argument
+requested \meta{cmd} or \meta{environment} at the terminal. If
+the \meta{cmd} or \meta{environment} has no known argument
specification then an error is issued.
-\section{Copying and showing (robust) commands}
+\section{Copying and showing (robust) commands and environments}
If you want to (slightly) alter an existing command you may want to
save the current definition under a new name and then use that in a
@@ -911,9 +949,6 @@ token but need \enquote{constructing}, you can use \cs{ExpandArgs}
as explained in
Section~\ref{sec:preconstructing-csnames}.
-
-
-
\begin{decl}
|\ShowCommand| \arg{cmd}
\end{decl}
@@ -926,6 +961,26 @@ also the actual payload code and in case of commands declared with
\cs{NewDocumentCommand}, etc.\ it also gives you detailed information
about the argument signature.
+\begin{decl}
+ |\NewEnvironmentCopy| \arg{env} \arg{existing-env} \\
+ |\RenewEnvironmentCopy| \arg{env} \arg{existing-env} \\
+ |\DeclareEnvironmentCopy| \arg{env} \arg{existing-env}
+\end{decl}
+
+This copies the definition for environment \meta{existing-env} to
+\meta{env} (both the beginning and end code), i.e., it is simply
+applying \cs{NewCommandCopy} twice to the internal commands that
+define an environment, i.e., \cs{}\meta{env} and \cs{end}\meta{env}.
+The differences between \cs{New...}, \cs{Renew...}, and
+\cs{Declare...} are the usual ones.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ShowEnvironment| \arg{env}
+\end{decl}
+This displays the meaning of the begin end end code for environment \meta{env}.
+
+
+
\section[Preconstructing command names \\ (or otherwise expanding arguments)]
{Preconstructing command names (or otherwise expanding arguments)}
@@ -1132,11 +1187,11 @@ therefore shows the same syntax peculiars as discussed
above. Nevertheless, in practice they are usually sufficient. For
example
\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand\calulateheight[1]{%
+\newcommand\calculateheight[1]{%
\setlength\textheight{\dimeval{\topskip+\baselineskip*\inteval{#1-1}}}}
\end{verbatim}
sets the \cs{textheight} to the appropriate value if a page should
-hold a specific number of text lines. Thus after |\calulateheight{40}|
+hold a specific number of text lines. Thus after |\calculateheight{40}|
it is set to \dimeval{\topskip+\baselineskip*\inteval{40-1}}, given
the values \cs{topskip} (\dimeval{\topskip}) and \cs{baselineskip}
(\dimeval{\baselineskip}) in the current document.
@@ -1199,8 +1254,35 @@ cases
\item Lowercasing
\item Titlecasing (only applies for the start of the input)
\end{itemize}
+
The command \cs{DeclareCaseChangeEquivalent} provides a way to substitute a
command by an alternative version when it is found inside a case changing
-situation.
+situation. There are three commands for customising the case changing of
+codepoints
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareLowercaseMapping| \oarg{locale} \arg{codepoint} \arg{output} \\
+ |\DeclareTitlecaseMapping| \oarg{locale} \arg{codepoint} \arg{output} \\
+ |\DeclareUppercaseMapping| \oarg{locale} \arg{codepoint} \arg{output}
+\end{decl}
+All three take a \meta{codepoint} (as an integer expression) and will
+result in the \meta{output} being produced under the appropriate case changing
+operation. The optional \meta{locale} can be given if the mapping should only
+apply to a specific one: this is given in BCP-47 format
+(\url{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IETF_language_tag}). For example,
+the kernel customises the mapping for U+01F0 (\v{j}) when uppercasing in
+8-bit engines:
+\begin{quotation}
+ |\DeclareUppercaseMapping{"01F0}{\v{J}}|
+\end{quotation}
+as there is no pre-composed \v{J} character, and this is problematic if
+the engine does not support Unicode natively. Similarly, to set a locale
+\texttt{xx} to behave in the same way as Turkish and retain the difference
+between dotted- and dotless-i, one could use for example
+\begin{quotation}
+ |\DeclareLowercaseMapping[xx]{"0049}{\i}|\\
+ |\DeclareLowercaseMapping[xx]{"0130}{i}|\\
+ |\DeclareUppercaseMapping[xx]{"0069}{\.{I}}|\\
+ |\DeclareUppercaseMapping[xx]{"0131}{I}|
+\end{quotation}
\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf
index 5ada2a0c2fa..0ebe463aa7b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf
index 18aaaf71dbd..67c9d3aa62d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/firstaid/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/firstaid/changes.txt
index 3c6cb992c89..e326957807f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/firstaid/changes.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/firstaid/changes.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
+2023-05-20 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx: removed temporary fix for
+ GitHub issue 591, unneeded now and it breaks for luatex the fix for gh 989
+ (minipage/list spacing)
+
+2022-12-06 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx (subsection{the crop package first aid}):
+ A first aid for crop after changes to \rlap and \stockwidth/\stockheight
+
+2022-11-28 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx (subsection{the songs package first aid}):
+ A first aid for songs after a change to \obeylines
+
+2022-11-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx (subsection{The unicode-math package first aid}):
+ A first aid for unicode-math used together with the doc package.
+
2022-10-27 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
* latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.dtx:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.pdf
index 6523046f58a..14434f3755c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/firstaid/latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/README.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/README.md
index 7f1a2757942..dbb1e72f422 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/README.md
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/README.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# LaTeX laboratory
-Release 2022-11-01
+Release 2023-06-01
## Overview
@@ -38,5 +38,5 @@ The license is LPPL 1.3c.
This README file is
-Copyright (C) 2021-2022
+Copyright (C) 2021-2023
The LaTeX Project
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/TODOS-unsorted.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/TODOS-unsorted.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1e2771ae679
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/TODOS-unsorted.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+
+# A number of todos (unsorted and incomplete)
+
+
+## Code extensions / cleanup
+
+### theorem-like envs
+
+ - this can currently only handle the simple version from LaTeX2e
+ - it is missing a proper set of templates
+ - it is missing extensions to support different styles (a la amsmath and the like)
+
+
+## Missing basic support
+
+ - `\textbf` should probably mapt to `<Strong>`
+ - `\emph` should probably map to `<Em>`
+
+ - Logos such as `\TeX` and `\LaTeX` should produce proper ActualText
+
+
+
+
+## Package Support
+
+### csquotes
+
+ - we can't really grab TeX's basic quotes, e.g.
+ ```
+ some quotes around ``text'' here
+```
+ at least not easily, but we can support `\enquote` and the like
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-code.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..efd9930bfe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-code.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-code.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f71342d6f53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-code.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+% this will typeset documentation + code
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\AlsoImplementation}
+\input{latex-lab-block-tagging.dtx}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-doc.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4bbad5d3939
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-doc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-doc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..39a93479a17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/blocks-doc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+% this will typeset documentation + code
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\OnlyDescription}
+\input{latex-lab-block-tagging.dtx}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/changes.txt
index b4b4df98113..7e76d749966 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/changes.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/changes.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,86 @@
+2023-06-07 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * latex-lab-block-tagging.dtx corrected tagging of caption
+ * new latex-lab-firstaid.dtx with adaptions to external packages
+ * latex-lab-float.dtx: declare variable
+ * latex-lab-toc-hyperref-changes: use hooks with arguments
+ * latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes: use hooks with arguments
+ * latex-lab-sec.dtx: provide \pdfgentounicode with lualatex
+
+2023-05-20 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * renamed latex-lab-sec-tagging -> latex-lab-sec for consistency
+
+
+2023-05-19 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * new latex-lab-bib.dtx:
+ tagging support for cite and bibliography with standard LaTeX and natbib
+ * small corrections/adaptions in latex-lab-sec-tagging and latex-lab-toc-tagging
+
+2023-05-18 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * new latex-lab-floats.dtx:
+ tagging support for float environments
+ * new latex-lab-graphic.dtx
+ tagging support for includegraphics and picture environment
+ * new latex-lab-minipage.dtx
+ tagging support for minipage and parbox
+
+2023-05-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex-lab-block-tagging.dtx (subsubsection{Verbatim instances}):
+ verbatim environments get their own block instances so that they can receive
+ special formatting instructions.
+ This also fixes a bug that we forgot to set par-skip to 0pt by default (tagpdf/74)
+
+ (paragraph{Helper commands for verbatim}):
+ The \legacyverbatimsetup command needs to execute \@@par inside a group, because
+ we need to preserve any outer setup to \parshape (tagpdf/79)
+
+2023-04-09 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * latex-lab-sec-tagging.dtx:
+ don't load extra glyphtounicode if \pdfglyphtounicode is not defined.
+
+2023-04-09 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+ * latex-lab-footnotes.dtx:
+ made \footnote and \footnotetext long
+
+
+2023-03-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex-lab-block-tagging.dtx:
+ Added the support for tagging display blocks and corresponding environments
+ such as lists, quotes, verbatim, theorem-like envs, ...
+
+2023-03-07 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+
+ * tagpdf updated
+ * improved glyphtounicode support for luatex and math
+ * adapted toc and sec tagging code to new two-level paragraph handling
+ and block tagging code
+
+2023-02-16 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex-lab-sec-tagging.dtx: first, simple tagging of sectioning commands
+ * latex-lab-toc-tagging-functions.dtx, latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.dtx,
+ latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.dtx: Tagging of table of contents and similar
+ lists
+ * tagpdf and pdfmanagement updated in texmf tree.
+
+
+2023-02-04 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex-lab-footnotes.dtx: improve tagging of footnotes
+
+2022-12-11 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright@latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex-lab-mathcapture.dtx
+ New file to implement grabbing of math mode context
+
+2022-04-11 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+
+ * documentmeta-support.dtx:
+ updated documentation
+ * moved output patches from pdfresources to latex-lab-new-or-1
+ * reorganized new-or: number subfiles as new-or-1, new-or-2 and load all with new-or.
+
2022-07-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
* latex-lab-footnotes.dtx (subsection{Document-level commands}):
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-code.pdf
index 2e999dd2687..bf0d11a71aa 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-code.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-doc.pdf
index ac5c23a86a7..ce81773be57 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-doc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/documentmetadata-support-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-amsmath.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-amsmath.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9c53d2ba81a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-amsmath.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-bib.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-bib.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..99f4722dc25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-bib.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-block-tagging.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-block-tagging.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b35aa4c7fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-block-tagging.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-firstaid.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-firstaid.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e1f696499d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-firstaid.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-float.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-float.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bdd5ef01696
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-float.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.pdf
index 32ea573774c..b383bff74bc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-footnotes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7a5a07325e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-graphic.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathpkg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathpkg.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..acc2d859a6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathpkg.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtagging.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtagging.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6f6df644088
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtagging.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtools.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtools.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5a001d442db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-mathtools.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8660ffa7abb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-minipage.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-1.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d5576ad3c96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-1.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-2.pdf
index 279e14f1a3a..1a1ce038d17 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-new-or-2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..97f5caca08d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-sec.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-testphase.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-testphase.pdf
index cee61991a0f..35f6b6cd8e4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-testphase.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-testphase.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-text.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-text.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f4879150ac7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-text.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-hyperref-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-hyperref-changes.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6ae6eb3718e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-hyperref-changes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..96b9ac1514f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-kernel-changes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-tagging-functions.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-tagging-functions.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4ec6c4e614a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/latex-lab-toc-tagging-functions.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotemark.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotemark.md
index 684a695faa1..ad50b367320 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotemark.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotemark.md
@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
-% packages that alter \@footnotemark ...
+# Packages that alter \@footnotemark ...
+Scan of TeXlive 2022 for checking ... may not be longer accurate and may contain a few false positives
+```
% bibarts
\let\ba@footnmark=\@footnotemark
@@ -184,3 +186,4 @@
}
+```
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotetext.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotetext.md
index 48a31728433..deda69fcd86 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotetext.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-footnotetext.md
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+# Packages that alter \@footnotetext ...
+
+Scan of TeXlive 2022 for checking ... may not be longer accurate and may contain a few false positives
+
+```
% ./bibarts/bibarts.sty
@@ -840,3 +845,4 @@ not checked what this does
this needs some further analysis
+```
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-kern-kern.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-kern-kern.md
index e119197b708..aac597db60f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-kern-kern.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-kern-kern.md
@@ -1,3 +1,10 @@
+# Packages that use double \kern's
+
+Scan of TeXlive 2022 for checking ... may not be longer accurate and may contain a few false positives
+(definitely contains bogus entries right now)
+
+
+```
\ifdim\lastkern>\z@\ifdim\lastkern<5sp\relax
./bxjscls/bxjsja-minimal.def
@@ -78,3 +85,4 @@
\NewDocumentCommand \@sidenotes@multisign { } {3sp}
./sidenotes/sidenotes.sty
+```
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-makefntext.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-makefntext.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d7cb0a9b920
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-lab/usage-of-makefntext.md
@@ -0,0 +1,1751 @@
+# Packages that alter \@makefntext ...
+
+Scan of TeXlive 2022 for checking ... may not be longer accurate and may contain a few false positives
+
+```
+
+% ./footmisc/footmisc.sty
+
+% latex def (used with para option)
+
+
+
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \ifFN@hangfoot
+ \bgroup
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{%
+ \ifdim\footnotemargin>0pt
+ \hb@xt@\footnotemargin{\@makefnmark\hss}%
+ \else
+ \@makefnmark
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \leftmargin\wd\@tempboxa
+ \rightmargin\z@
+ \linewidth \columnwidth
+ \advance \linewidth -\leftmargin
+ \parshape \@ne \leftmargin \linewidth
+ \footnotesize
+ \@setpar{{\@@par}}%
+ \leavevmode
+ \llap{\box\@tempboxa}%
+ \parskip\hangfootparskip\relax
+ \parindent\hangfootparindent\relax
+ \else
+ \parindent1em
+ \noindent
+ \ifdim\footnotemargin>\z@
+ \hb@xt@ \footnotemargin{\hss\@makefnmark}%
+ \else
+ \ifdim\footnotemargin=\z@
+ \llap{\@makefnmark}%
+ \else
+ \llap{\hb@xt@ -\footnotemargin{\@makefnmark\hss}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \footnotelayout#1%
+ \ifFN@hangfoot
+ \par\egroup
+ \fi
+ }
+
+
+
+
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/aastex/aastex631.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext#1{\hsize=\columnwidth\mbox{}\hspace*{3mm}\@makefnmark~#1}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/paper/paper.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to1.8em{\hss$\m@th^{\@thefnmark}$}##1}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \leftskip 2.0em%
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 0em{\hss\@makefnmark\kern 0.25em}#1}
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \parindent 1em%
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark\kern 0.25em}#1}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/aip4-1.rtx
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \leftskip1em%
+ \parindent1em%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/aps4-1.rtx
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \leftskip1em%
+ \parindent1em%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/revtex4-1.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \parindent1em%
+ \noindent
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/smflatex/smfart.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext{\parindent0pt\sloppy\indent\@makefnmark}
+\hfuzz=1pt \vfuzz=\hfuzz
+\def\sloppy{\tolerance9999 \emergencystretch 3em\relax}
+\setcounter{topnumber}{4}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/smflatex/smfbook.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext{\parindent0pt\sloppy\indent\@makefnmark}
+\hfuzz=1pt \vfuzz=\hfuzz
+\def\sloppy{\tolerance9999 \emergencystretch 3em\relax}
+\setcounter{topnumber}{4}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlttr2.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \raggedfootnote
+ \leftskip #2
+ \l@addto@macro\@trivlist{%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimc}{#3}%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrextend.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \raggedfootnote
+ \leftskip #2
+ \l@addto@macro\@trivlist{%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimc}{#3}%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrreprt.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \raggedfootnote
+ \leftskip #2
+ \l@addto@macro\@trivlist{%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimc}{#3}%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrartcl.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \raggedfootnote
+ \leftskip #2
+ \l@addto@macro\@trivlist{%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimc}{#3}%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrbook.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \raggedfootnote
+ \leftskip #2
+ \l@addto@macro\@trivlist{%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimc}{#3}%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@empty
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/uafthesis/uafthesis.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \parindent 1em%
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}#1}
+...
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}\@makefntext
+ {\rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}}}
+
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/uwthesis/uwthesis.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent \hangindent\parindent
+ \def\baselinestretch{1.0}\normalfont
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}#1}
+
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/uwa-letterhead/uwa-letterhead.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \global\@topnum\z@
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/onrannual/onrannual.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \newpage
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/thuthesis/thuthesis.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ % 序号取消上标
+ \def\@makefnmark{\hbox{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gaceta/gaceta.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/jpsj/jpsj2.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%\vskip2\p@
+ \hangindent8\p@ \hangafter1 \noindent
+ \hb@xt@1em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmtypos.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \ampulexdef#1{\long\def\@makefntext}%
+ \if@twocolumn{\gmu@ATfootnotes\if@twocolumn}% Ampulex redefinition
+ % of \incs{maketitle} for \pk{mwcls}.
+}
+...
+ \long\pdef\@makefntext##1{%
+ \ifdefined\@parindent \parindent\@parindent
+ \else \parindent 1em\relax
+ \fi
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/resphilosophica/resphilosophica.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext{\noindent\@makefnmark
+ \if@enddoc\else
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux%
+ {\string\xdef\string\lastfootnote@page{\the\c@page}}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/ftnright.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em
+ \noindent\hbox to 2em{}%
+ \llap{\@thefnmark.\,\,}#1}
+\setlength{\skip\footins}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elegantnote/elegantnote.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ntgclass/rapport1.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent\z@
+ \def\labelitemi{\textendash}\@revlabeltrue
+ \leavevmode\@textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}\kern1em\relax ##1}
+ \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext{\@xmakefntext{%
+ \@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ntgclass/brief.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \noindent\hb@xt@\leftmargini{\normalfont\@thefnmark.\hfil}#1}
+\newcommand*\dutchbrief{%
+ \def\uwbrieftekst{Uw brief van}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ntgclass/boek.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent\z@
+ \def\labelitemi{\textendash}\@revlabeltrue
+ \leavevmode\@textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}\kern1em\relax ##1}
+ \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ntgclass/rapport3.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent\z@
+ \def\labelitemi{\textendash}\@revlabeltrue
+ \leavevmode\@textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}\kern1em\relax ##1}
+ \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext{\@xmakefntext{%
+ \@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ntgclass/boek3.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent\z@
+ \def\labelitemi{\textendash}\@revlabeltrue
+ \leavevmode\@textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}\kern1em\relax ##1}
+ \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ntgclass/artikel2.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent\z@
+ \def\labelitemi{\textendash}\@revlabeltrue
+ \leavevmode\@textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}\kern1em\relax ##1}
+ \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent\z@
+ \def\labelitemi{\textendash}%
+ \leavevmode\hb@xt@.5\unitindent{%
+ \@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}\hfil}##1}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ntgclass/artikel3.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent\z@
+ \def\labelitemi{\textendash}\@revlabeltrue
+ \leavevmode\@textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}\kern1em\relax ##1}
+ \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext{\@xmakefntext{%
+ \@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ntgclass/artikel1.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent\z@
+ \def\labelitemi{\textendash}\@revlabeltrue
+ \leavevmode\@textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}\kern1em\relax ##1}
+ \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext{\@xmakefntext{%
+ \@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cdpbundl/letteracdp.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \noindent
+ \hangindent 5\p@
+ \hb@xt@5\p@{\hss\@makefnmark}#1}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/courseoutline/courseoutline.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\setlength {\evensidemargin}{0.0in} % right margin 1.0 inch
+\setlength {\textwidth}{6.5in} % right margin 1.0 inch
+\setlength {\footnotesep}{14pt} % baseline skip for fn's 1st line
+\setlength {\headheight}{0.2in} % make room for header
+\setlength {\headsep}{0.2in} % modest header separation
+\setlength {\parskip}{0.2in} % set a paragraph skip
+\setlength {\parindent}{0.0in} % no para indents
+%
+% redefine the titlematter
+%
+\renewcommand\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+ \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@maketitle
+ \thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \global\let\thanks\relax
+ \global\let\maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@thanks\@empty
+ %
+ \global\let\university\@empty
+ \global\let\department\@empty
+ \global\let\coursename\@empty
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/stellenbosch/ustitle.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/chextras/chextras.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{\settowidth\@tempdima{.\kern\marginparsep}
+ \parindent\z@
+ \advance\parindent-\@tempdima
+ \rule\z@\footnotesep
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/aiaa/aiaa-tc.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \newpage
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oberdiek/enparen.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \enparen@org@makefntext{%
+ \enparenBeginContext{footnote}%
+ ##1%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cleveref/cleveref.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext{%
+ \cref@constructprefix{footnote}{\cref@result}%
+ \protected@edef\cref@currentlabel{%
+ [footnote][\arabic{footnote}][\cref@result]%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ametsoc/ametsoc.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\footnotesize\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1
+ \vskip1sp
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/combine/combine.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/active-conf/active-conf.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent##1}%
+ \@note
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \global\def\note##1{%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/iso/isov2.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \parindent 1em%
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}#1}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elegantpaper/elegantpaper.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@0.1em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fnpara/fnpara.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+% \parindent 1em%
+% \noindent
+% \hb@xt@1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}#1
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/bxjscls/bxjsarticle.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\advance\leftskip 3\jsZw
+ \parindent 1\jsZw\noindent
+ \llap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}\hskip0.3\jsZw}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/bxjscls/bxjsbook.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\advance\leftskip 3\jsZw
+ \parindent 1\jsZw\noindent
+ \llap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}\hskip0.3\jsZw}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/bxjscls/bxjsslide.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\advance\leftskip 3\jsZw
+ \parindent 1\jsZw\noindent
+ \llap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}\hskip0.3\jsZw}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/bxjscls/bxjsreport.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\advance\leftskip 3\jsZw
+ \parindent 1\jsZw\noindent
+ \llap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}\hskip0.3\jsZw}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/lettre/lettre.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/titlefoot/titlefoot.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/aip4-2.rtx
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \leftskip1em%
+ \parindent1em%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/aps4-2.rtx
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \leftskip1em%
+ \parindent1em%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/revtex4-2.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \parindent1em%
+ \noindent
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/sor4-2.rtx
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \leftskip1em%
+ \parindent1em%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/aapm4-2.rtx
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \leftskip1em%
+ \parindent1em%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/lni/lni.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+ \@tempdima = \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima -1em
+...
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \parindent \fnindent%
+ \leftskip \fnindent% Einrückung vor der footnotemark
+ \noindent
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/arabtex/arabrep.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/arabtex/arabrep1.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/llncs/llncs.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \parindent \fnindent%
+ \leftskip \fnindent%
+ \noindent
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\defcommand\@makefntext [1] {%
+ \setlength\parindent{\@ne em}%
+ \noindent
+ \hb@xt@ 1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.stq
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\defcommand\@makefntext [1] {%
+ \setlength\parindent{\@ne em}%
+ \noindent
+ \hb@xt@ 1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cmpj/cmpj2.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cmpj/cmpj3.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cmpj/cmpj.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pracjourn/pracjourn.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \newpage
+...
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \parindent 0em\relax
+ \makebox[1.5em][l]{\normalfont\footnotesize\@thefnmark.}#1}
+\def\@ifx@empty#1{% Implicit #2#3
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/extsizes/extbook.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/extsizes/extletter.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \noindent
+ \hangindent 5\p@
+ \hb@xt@5\p@{\hss\@makefnmark}#1}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/extsizes/extarticle.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/extsizes/extproc.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/extsizes/extreport.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/h2020proposal/h2020proposal.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \newpage
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-gb7714-2015/gb7714-2015ms.bbx
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%增加了脚注标记与正文的间隔
+ \parindent 1em\noindent \hb@xt@ 0em{\hss \@makefnmark\makebox[\footbiblabelsep]{}}##1}
+
+ }
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-gb7714-2015/gb7714-2015mx.bbx
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%增加了脚注标记与正文的间隔
+ \parindent 1em\noindent \hb@xt@ 0em{\hss \@makefnmark\makebox[\footbiblabelsep]{}}##1}
+
+ }
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-gb7714-2015/gb7714-2015ay.bbx
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%增加了脚注标记与正文的间隔
+ \parindent 1em\noindent \hb@xt@ 0em{\hss \@makefnmark\makebox[\footbiblabelsep]{}}##1}
+
+ }
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-gb7714-2015/gb7714-2015.bbx
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%增加了脚注标记与正文的间隔
+ \parindent 1em\noindent \hb@xt@ 0em{\hss \@makefnmark\makebox[\footbiblabelsep]{}}##1}
+
+ }
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/suftesi/suftesi.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mwcls/mwrep.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{
+ \parindent\@parindent
+ \@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}\enspace##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mwcls/mwart.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{
+ \parindent\@parindent
+ \@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}\enspace##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mwcls/mwbk.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{
+ \parindent\@parindent
+ \@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}\enspace##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tugboat/ltugboat.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent\hb@xt@2em{}%
+ \llap{\@makefnmark}\null$\mskip5mu$#1}
+
+%% \long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em
+...
+ \def\@makefntext##1{##1}%
+ \footnotetext{\noindent #1#2}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ptptex/ptptex.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+\parindent 1.5em\noindent \footnotesize %
+\hbox to 2.5em{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}\hskip3\p@#1}
+\gdef\@thanks{}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/aguplus/aguplus.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{##1}
+ \footnotetext{{\parindent=1em\indent
+ \let\@elt=\par\@titlenote}}
+ \fi
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{##1}
+ \footnotetext{{\parindent=10pt\indent
+ \parskip=6pt\let\@elt=\par\@titlenote}}
+ \fi
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/aguplus/aguplus.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{##1}
+ \footnotetext{{\parindent=1em\indent
+ \let\@elt=\par\@titlenote}}
+ \fi
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{##1}
+ \footnotetext{{\parindent=10pt\indent
+ \parskip=6pt\let\@elt=\par\@titlenote}}
+ \fi
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/protocol/protocol.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/cje/cje.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%\parindent 1em
+ \noindent
+% \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+% \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+...
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\raggedright\@setpar{\@@par\@tempdima \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima-\@footindent
+ \parshape \@ne \@footindent \@tempdima}\par
+ \noindent \hbox to \z@{\hss\@thefnmark\enskip}#1}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tufte-latex/tufte-common.def
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\@textsuperscript{\@tufte@sidenote@font\tiny\@thefnmark}\,\footnotelayout#1}
+
+% Set the in-text footnote mark in the same typeface as the body text itself.
+\def\@makefnmark{\hbox{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\footnotesize\@thefnmark}}}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amscls/amsdtx.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to1.8em{\hss$\m@th^{\@thefnmark}$}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amscls/amsbook.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext{\indent\@makefnmark}
+\long\def\@footnotetext#1{%
+ \insert\footins{%
+ \normalfont\footnotesize
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amscls/amsproc.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext{\indent\@makefnmark}
+\long\def\@footnotetext#1{%
+ \insert\footins{%
+ \normalfont\footnotesize
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amscls/amsart.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext{\indent\@makefnmark}
+\long\def\@footnotetext#1{%
+ \insert\footins{%
+ \normalfont\footnotesize
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/quantumarticle/quantumarticle.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \ifbool{@twocolumn}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ltxmisc/iagproc.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/acmart/acmart.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext{\noindent\@makefnmark}
+\if@ACM@sigchiamode
+\long\def\@footnotetext#1{\marginpar{%
+ \reset@font\small
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/memoir/memoir.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\makethanksmark ##1}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+ \@maketitle
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/footnotebackref/footnotebackref.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+% than redefine the \@makefntext and \@makefnmark
+% The \@makefnmark macro is redefined in the space of
+% the \@makefntext macro
+% So the footnote numbers in the main text are not influenced
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/bangtex/barticle.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/bangtex/bletter.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \noindent
+ \hangindent 5\p@
+ \hb@xt@5\p@{\hss\@makefnmark}#1}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/bangtex/bbook.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\sbng\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/elbioimp/elbioimp.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \def \@makefntext ##1{\noindent
+ \small \@thefnmark. \it ##1}
+ \renewcommand{\thempfootnote}%
+ {\arabic{mpfootnote}}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ebsthesis/ebsthesis.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \bgroup
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{%
+ \ifdim\footnotemargin>0pt
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/coursepaper/coursepaper.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \setlength {\evensidemargin}{0.5in} % right margin 1.5 inch
+ \setlength {\textwidth}{5.5in} % right margin 1.5 inch
+ \spacing{2} % double spacing for final
+ \renewenvironment{quote} % redef as single spaced
+ {\oldquote\spacing{1}}
+ {\oldendquote\spacing{2}}
+ \renewenvironment{quotation} % redef as single spaced
+ {\oldquotation\spacing{1}}
+ {\oldendquotation\spacing{2}}
+ \renewenvironment{verse} % redef as single spaced
+ {\oldquotation\spacing{1}}
+ {\oldendquotation\spacing{2}}
+}
+\setlength {\footnotesep}{14pt} % baseline skip for fn's 1st line
+\setlength {\headheight}{0.2in} % make room for header
+\setlength {\headsep}{0.2in} % modest header separation
+\setlength {\parskip}{0.2in} % set a paragraph skip
+\setlength {\parindent}{0.2in} % I hate unindented first lines
+\renewenvironment{bibliography}[1] % automatically enter toc line
+ {\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bibliography}\oldbibliography {#1}}
+ {\oldendbibliography}
+%
+% Make footnotes single spaced
+%
+% code shamelessly stolen from setspace.sty
+% written by Geoffrey Tobin <G.Tobin@latrobe.edu.au>
+%
+\long\def\@footnotetext#1{%
+ \insert\footins{%
+ \def\baselinestretch {1}%
+ \reset@font\footnotesize
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\footnotesep
+ \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty \@MM
+ \hsize\columnwidth
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \protected@edef\@currentlabel{%
+ \csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark
+ }%
+ \color@begingroup
+ \@makefntext{%
+ \rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces#1\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+ \color@endgroup}}
+%
+% redefine the titlematter
+%
+\renewcommand\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+ \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@maketitle
+ \thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \global\let\thanks\relax
+ \global\let\maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@thanks\@empty
+ \global\let\@author\@empty
+ \global\let\@date\@empty
+ \global\let\@title\@empty
+ %
+ \global\let\@studentnumber\@empty
+ \global\let\@coursenumber\@empty
+ \global\let\@coursename\@empty
+ \global\let\@coursesection\@empty
+ \global\let\@instructor\@empty
+ \global\let\@college\@empty
+ %
+ \global\let\title\relax
+ \global\let\author\relax
+ \global\let\date\relax
+ \global\let\and\relax
+}
+%
+\def\@maketitle{%
+ \newpage
+ \null
+ \vskip 2em%
+ \begin{flushleft}%
+ \begin{spacing}{1}%
+ {\sffamily \LARGE \@title \par}%
+ \vskip 2em%
+ {\sffamily \large\lineskip .75em\@author}\\%
+ \sffamily \@studentnumber%
+ \vskip 1em%
+ \sffamily \@date
+ \vskip 3em%
+ \sffamily \@college\\%
+ \sffamily \@coursenumber\hskip 6pt\@coursesection\hskip 6pt%
+ \@coursename\\%
+ \sffamily For: \@instructor%
+ \par%
+ \end{spacing}%
+ \end{flushleft}\hrule\vskip 1em\par
+ \par
+ \vskip 1.5em}
+%
+% make section titles less obnoxious
+%
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%
+ {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}%
+ {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}
+%
+% Set up headers
+%
+\def\ps@myheadings{%
+ \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty
+ \def\@evenhead{\thepage -- \slshape\leftmark\hfil}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\hfil{\slshape\rightmark} -- \thepage}%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+ }
+%
+% Position the abstract depending on presence of titlepage
+%
+\if@titlepage
+ \renewenvironment{abstract}{%
+ \titlepage
+ \null\vfil
+ \@beginparpenalty\@lowpenalty
+ \begin{center}%
+ \bfseries \abstractname
+ \@endparpenalty\@M
+ \end{center}}%
+ {\par\vfil\null\endtitlepage}
+\fi
+%
+% change some names
+%
+\renewcommand\contentsname{Table of Contents}
+\renewcommand\refname{Bibliography}
+%
+% \epigraph{text}{byline}
+%
+\newcommand{\epigraph}[2]{\begin{flushright}\begin{minipage}{4in}%
+ \spacing{1}#1\begin{flushright}#2\end{flushright}%
+ \hrule\end{minipage}\vskip 12pt\end{flushright}}
+%
+%% End of file `coursepaper.cls'.
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/kotex-utf/contrib/dhucsfn.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{
+ \settowidth{\foot@parindent}{\fn@markstyle}
+ \@setpar{\@@par\@tempdima \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima-\foot@parindent
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \hbox{\fn@markstyle\hskip\footnumbersep #1}
+ }%
+}
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \fn@markstyle\ifdim\footnumbersep=\z@\else~\fi #1
+ }%
+}
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{
+ \settowidth{\foot@parindent}{\reset@font 각주}
+ \settowidth{\footnumbersep}{\reset@font 주}
+ \divide\footnumbersep by2
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{
+ \settowidth{\leftskip}{\reset@font 각주}
+ \settowidth{\foot@parindent}{\fn@markstyle}
+ \settowidth{\footnumbersep}{\reset@font 주}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ucthesis/ucthesis.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+% \long\def\@makefntext#1{\@setpar{\@@par\@tempdima \hsize
+% \advance\@tempdima-10pt\parshape \@ne 10pt \@tempdima}\par
+% \parindent 1em\noindent
+% \hbox to \z@{\hss$\m@th^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+...
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to 1.8em{\hss$\m@th^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+
+% \@makefnmark : A macro to generate the footnote marker that goes
+...
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}\@makefntext
+ {\rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}}}
+
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/apa/apa.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont{\tiny\@thefnmark}\hspace{1.5pt}}}#1}%
+
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/uestcthesis/uestcthesis.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext #1{\ifFN@hangfoot \bgroup \setbox \@tempboxa \hbox {\ifdim
+\footnotemargin >0pt \hb@xt@ \footnotemargin {\hbox { \normalfont \@thefnmark}
+\hss }\else \hbox { \normalfont \@thefnmark} \fi }\leftmargin \wd \@tempboxa
+\rightmargin \z@ \linewidth \columnwidth \advance \linewidth -\leftmargin
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmdoc/gmdoc.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn \twocolumn [\@maketitle ]%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/titling/titling.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\makethanksmark ##1}
+ \null\vfil
+ \vskip 60\p@
+ \vspace*{\droptitle}
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\makethanksmark ##1}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+ \@maketitle
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/chletter/chletter.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent\hb@xt@\z@{\hss\@makefnmark}#1}
+\def\fromname{\@author}
+\def\fromsig{\@author}
+\let\fromlocation\@empty
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/jurarsp/jurarsp.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \rsp@fntrue%
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+ \@tempdima = \hsize
+...
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/kluwer/klunote.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+% \long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+% \hbox to 1.5em{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}\hskip0.5em\footnotesize#1}
+% \def\@makefnmark{\hbox{$^{\@thefnmark}\m@th$}}
+% SK: reimplemented with \textsuperscript, following LaTeX format
+...
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to 1.5em{\hss\textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}}%
+ \hskip0.5em\footnotesize#1}
+\def\@makefnmark{\hbox{\textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}}}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/kluwer/kluwer.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to 1.5em{\hss\textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}}%
+ \hskip0.5em\footnotesize#1}
+\def\@makefnmark{\hbox{\textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}}}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/asaetr/asaesub.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}\@makefntext
+ {\rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}}}
+
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/asaetr/asaetr.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to 1.8em{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+
+
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/refman/refrep.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+ \@tempdima = \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima -1em
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+ \@tempdima = \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima -1em
+...
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+ \@tempdima = \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima -1em
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/refman/refart.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+ \@tempdima = \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima -1em
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+ \@tempdima = \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima -1em
+...
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \@setpar{\@@par
+ \@tempdima = \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima -1em
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/lwarp/lwarp-footnote.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}~#1}
+
+\LWR@ProvidesPackagePass{footnote}[1997/01/28]
+
+...
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}~{#1}}
+
+\def\spewnotes{%
+ \endgroup%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/lwarp/lwarp.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}~{#1}}
+\def\@makefnmark{%
+ \textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}%
+}
+...
+\long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+\textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}~%
+{##1}%
+}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/lwarp/lwarp-titling.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \makethanksmark~%
+ {##1}%
+ }% \@makefntext
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/afthesis/afthesis.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}\@makefntext
+ {\rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}}}
+
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ijmart/ijmart.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\noindent\hangindent=2em\hangafter=1
+ \hb@xt@2em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\footnotesize\@thefnmark\space}}##1}%
+ \def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt\hrule width 2in\kern 2.6pt}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/oup-authoring-template/oup-authoring-template.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 3mm\noindent
+ \if@traditional\if@small\@hangfrom{{\normalfont\@thefnmark}\enskip}\else\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}\fi\else\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}\fi
+ ##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/akletter/akletter.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \noindent
+ \hangindent 5\p@
+ \hb@xt@5\p@{\hss\@makefnmark}#1}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4/aps.rtx
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \reset@font
+ \footnotesize
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4/revtex4.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \reset@font\footnotesize
+ \parindent 1em%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hitreport/hitreport.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ % 序号取消上标
+ \def\@makefnmark{\hbox{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/footnotehyper/footnotehyper.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \def\FNH@prefntext{\@makefntext{}}%
+ \iffootnotehyperwarn
+ \PackageInfo{footnotehyper}%
+ {Using the \string\@makefntext{} approach (see doc).\FNH@msgbk
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/basque-book/basque-book.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/dinbrief/dinbrief.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \noindent
+ \hangindent 5pt%
+ \hbox to 5pt{\hss $^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/beamer/beamerbaseframecomponents.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\insertfootnotetext{#1}%
+ \def\insertfootnotemark{\@makefnmark}%
+ \usebeamertemplate***{footnote}}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ucdavisthesis/ucdavisthesis.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}\@makefntext
+ {\rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}\renewcommand\baselinestretch{\@spacing}}}
+\ps@plain % 'plain' page style
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/computational-complexity/cclayout.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/footmisx/footmisx.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{\leavevmode
+ \@makefnmark\nobreak
+ \hskip.5em\relax#1%
+ }
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \ifFN@hangfoot
+ \bgroup
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/amsdtx.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \bgroup%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/slides.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \bgroup%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/book.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \bgroup%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \bgroup%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/ltxguide.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \bgroup%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \bgroup%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/ltnews.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \bgroup%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/doc.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \bgroup
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/ftnright.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \bgroup%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/letter.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \bgroup%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/amsbook.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\indent%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \bgroup%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/ltxdoc.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \bgroup%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \bgroup%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/proc.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \bgroup%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/amsart.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\indent%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \bgroup%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/amsproc.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\indent%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \bgroup%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/article.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \bgroup%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \bgroup%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyper/report.hyp
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \bgroup%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \hyper@currentfnmark%
+ \bgroup%
+ \edef\@currenthyper{\hyper@current@fnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hitec/hitec.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \newpage
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/emulateapj/emulateapj.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\def\@makefntext#1{\mbox{}\hspace*{3mm}\@makefnmark~#1}
+
+\def\notetoeditor#1{}% % We do not need notes to editor in the preprint
+\def\placetable#1{}% % We do not need notes to editor in the preprint
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ledmac/afoot.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{{$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1\nobreak }
+\fi
+
+%%% Make the LaTeX \cs{footnote} catcode-safe, like in Plain TeX.
+...
+ \global\long\def \@makefntext ##1{{$^{\@thefnmark }$}##1\nobreak }%
+ \setbox0=\hbox \bgroup % fnpara.sty is present
+ \floatingpenalty=20000 \footnotesize
+ \fi
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/footmisc/footmisc.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{\leavevmode
+ \@makefnmark\nobreak
+ \hskip.5em\relax#1%
+ }
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \ifFN@hangfoot
+ \bgroup
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/footmisc/footmisc-2011-06-06.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{\leavevmode
+ \@makefnmark\nobreak
+ \hskip.5em\relax#1%
+ }
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \ifFN@hangfoot
+ \bgroup
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/book.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{
+ \noindent
+ \hangindent 10\p@
+ \hb@xt@10\p@{\hss\@makefnmark}#1}
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to1.8em{\hss$\m@th^{\@thefnmark}$}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn \twocolumn [\@maketitle ]%
+ \else \newpage \global \@topnum \z@ \@maketitle \fi
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc-v3beta.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to1.8em{\hss$\m@th^{\@thefnmark}$}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn \twocolumn [\@maketitle ]%
+ \else \newpage \global \@topnum \z@ \@maketitle \fi
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/report.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/twoinone/2in1.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+\hb@xt@1.8em{%
+\hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+\@maketitle
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ltxtools/ltxtools-review.sty
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\rule\z@\footnotesep\parindent1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@2em{\hss\@textsuperscript
+ {\normalfont\textcolor{#1}{\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \hspace{2\p@}\ignorespaces\textcolor{#1}{##1}%
+...
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \rule\z@\footnotesep\parindent1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@0em{\hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\color{#1}\@thefnmark}}%
+ \hspace{2\p@}\color{#1}\ignorespaces##1%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/skeyval/skeyval-testclass.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{%
+ \parindent1em\relax\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{\hss\@textsuperscript{%
+ \normalfont\skv@fnsymbol\@thefnmark}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+/usr/local/texlive/2021/texmf-dist/tex/latex/newlfm/newlfm.cls
+---------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+\noindent \hangindent 5\p@%
+\hb@xt@5\p@{\hss\@makefnmark}#1}%
+\renewcommand{\thefigure}{\@arabic\c@figure}%
+...
+---------------------------------------------------------
+
+```
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/README.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/README.md
index 5dba58d231a..4778e9aca01 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/README.md
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The LaTeX `tools` bundle
========================
-Release 2022-11-01
+Release 2023-06-01
Overview
--------
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf
index 0729c171759..375b75ae5de 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf
index 26654a389b4..ffdda545cc9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf
index ad718d07418..f2b68874348 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf
index bf6ba15e273..1debba20b1b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt
index 7b3e63dca5a..74318d41bba 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,30 @@ All changes above are only part of the development branch for the next release.
================================================================================
#########################
+# 2023-06-01 Release
+#########################
+
+2023-05-11 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer@latex-project.org>
+
+ * showkeys.dtx: Use label hook if format new enough.
+
+2023-04-15 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle@latex-project.org>
+
+ * shellesc.dtx: Normalise use of "." in messages. github/1008
+
+2023-03-30 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * multicol.dtx (subsection{The output routines}]):
+ Make column min depth customizable through the command
+ \multicolmindepthstring defaulting to 'p' (gh/698)
+
+2023-02-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * multicol.dtx:
+ Delay returning boxed multicols so that all parameters get restored first
+ in case the boxed multicols is used into another multicols (gh/1002)
+
+#########################
# 2022-11-01 Release
#########################
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf
index 3de78c536a7..3b100acf938 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf
index 4c15f62d473..cea166711ca 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf
index c086811a7f4..06a70298354 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf
index 8bf489506b7..22c59c11587 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf
index f8899bdfd26..31717658e39 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf
index d32b6e24aa0..922c844c49c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf
index 705e3db36ab..58c210d9b37 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf
index bba40a3ee5f..5eb885ce60d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf
index 07204a943cc..263351e7510 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf
index b41cd121015..dbae1ce35b5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf
index 56097a85a1e..e7a2607bd38 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf
index 4a77a6bb4b6..865ba763704 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/shellesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/shellesc.pdf
index 77ca2657ca9..abd95516e08 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/shellesc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/shellesc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf
index 010d132155f..723b001ee15 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf
index a270a16e172..71ad9c4617e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf
index c9c48f7a320..185925ebfbc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf
index 7645a71fa2f..28dec0a5bd9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.pdf
index 60805036982..a456c299aaf 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.tex
index 882a2ae77fd..3bc325d67ce 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.tex
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesFile{tools-overview.tex}[2015/03/31 v1.0 Tools overview]
-% Copyright (C) 2006-2022
+% Copyright (C) 2006-2023
%
% The LaTeX Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
% in this file.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf
index 1ca485dc97a..cd6291818f4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf
index 46aa65461e6..4382c23f447 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf
index 43684a53b9b..94a11595038 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf
index 116b46c9b63..8af5483cd10 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf
index a38c754c368..1ddc9325275 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf
Binary files differ